Annual Report
U.S. Department of = ae
Health, Education, and Welle
i M 4 i rte ae
: Lae Wate
‘ Ns hy eee gc
i vie eer rs th ait i
or Sin eS a LE SET TE : Che he
* D i BT AES By teh
' 4 bait eae
s
i
4
;
M.C. MIGEL LIBRARY
AMERICAN PRINTING
HOUSE FOR THE BLIND
U.S. Department of
PARROT ANCE A
PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
VU CHER ue DORR Y oss. seas ee ene Surgeon General.
DAVID MMe RICK Se se oe ee Deputy Surgeon General.
JAMES) VanOWRY2—5.-----— Chief, Bureau of Medical Services.
CHARLES E. BURBRIDGE_-_-_~_~ Superintendent, Freedmen’s Hospital.
Rosert J. ANDERSON__---- Chief, Bureau of State Services.
JAMES A. SHANNON-~_---- Director, National Institutes of Health.
Forrest H, LINDER_-~-~---~ Director, National Center for Health Statistics.
FRANK B. Roaerrs_-_------- Director, National Library of Medicine.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION
WRANOIS, IKEPPRGs o2 eee se Commissioner of Education.
WANE) O.. EORED- 2 eee eee Deputy Commissioner of Education.
FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION
GrorGce P. LARBICK. 24.2225 Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
JON. ELARVEY=22——.....-_ = Deputy Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION ADMINISTRATION
MARY: Dl, SWITZER oo=-2-=—2 ea Commissioner of Vocational Rehabilitation.
BH. EMory FEREBEB___-------~-- Deputy Commissioner of Vocational Rehabilita-
tion.
SAINT ELIZABETHS HOSPITAL
IDATAHO.OAMWRON225-22-2s2e= Superintendent.
WAGANOY 22 221) Lae See Assistant Superintendent.
FEDERALLY AIDED CORPORATIONS
INENTS DAVIS= oo oe Superintendent, American Printing House for
the Blind.
Lronagp M. Histap__________- President, Gallaudet College.
JAMES M. NABRIT, JR-----__=-- President, Howard University.
REGIONAL DIRECTORS
LAWRENCE J. BRESNAHAN_____~ Region I, Boston, Mass.
JOSEPH B. O’ConNnNoR__------~-- Region II, New York, N.Y.
EDMUND W. BAXTER__--_______ Region III, Charlottesville, Va.
RIGHARD HH. Lyte Sesre eae Region IV, Atlanta, Ga.
MELVILLE H. Hoson__.____-__- Region V, Chicago, Iil.
JAMESiWiDOARN] 222 22 ee Region VI, Kansas City, Mo.
VANES RE BOND se ee eee Region VII, Dallas, Tex.
ALBERT H. ROSENTHAL _________ Region VIII, Denver, Colo.
TAC Vics COUN Re = eee eee Region IX, San Francisco, Calif.
iv
Letter of Transmittal
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EpucATION, AND WELFARE,
Washington, D.C., December 1, 1963.
Dear Mr. Presipent: I have the honor to submit herewith the
annual report of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1963.
Respectfully,
Secretary.
Tue Present,
Tue Wurre Hous,
Washington, D.C.
VusSVIV
G) livMVH
Qs Mormon
oO
adeioyouy
VNVISINOT |
.
“
aa wrIreG Dg.
aS
ete \
Al ! |
SANV1SI NIDYIA
-O31N OLYINd
IIA AS
x \
: eweny »\ | 5 == — |
‘ . Be . \
. SS =o\_ wd. st | : 1
\ Wsier\ [_ svxa.
\ VWOHV INO: !
\
AS I
AWD sesuey + ! "
ae a © Jaaueg | bas
30 * | |wvno
——2.B2x07109/ f
cy ee
Wusv aan
—
—
NIA |
|
— . ONIWOK
_—- 4a ~,
NVDIHOIN
VLONV
pe HLS
|
V.LOSANNIN \
‘
e. NISNOOSIM
~
VLONVG HLYON
SOdI}JQ pue SalJepunog jeudisey
JUVITIM GNV ‘NOWWONGS HLWIH 40 LNIWLYVd30 Sl
Contents
The Secretary’s Report
Social Security Administration .
Welfare Administration .
Public Health Service .
Office of Education . ody
Food and Drug Administration .
Vocational Rehabilitation Administration
Saint Elizabeths Hospital . ;
American Printing House for the Blind .
Gallaudet College .
Howard University .
re detailed listing of the contents of this report, et
topic headings, will be found on pages 415-427
a 5 x A
an ae oh
7 "
ae »
re
y |
A2* rq ams)
on ws
Stiksa0 we
' ’ fi ~. 7
; | { toquft saa
x preity haa io Ari
i “ Lot Mistityihe , :
gS! i,
ye Es
a
5
er) sdoreqgeam aly Lip Dat I deer
TM-SIt eopeq fo he
>
be
y a
e
f
4
,
me
- —
i
_ es
‘.
4|
- i
io |
——_-
vUSits Abcaisitd sro pases
+s
“=
“es
|
Pi
het)
ene .
» pute esi
_-_ an |
Mat tatt sts
Visvinqenl aileadlg
stove meant Lue stt rs
—, ml
t ow wr yy
ott tee qestaell Jodie
oo) Ulw .qntbewd
y
The Secretary's
Report
THis YEAR MARKS the 10th anniversary of the creation of the Depart-
ment of Health, Education, and Welfare. Although only a decade
has passed since its establishment, that decade has been one of
remarkable social progress.
While the Department is the youngest in the Government, its history
dates back to the very early days of our Republic—a history marked
by a growing concern for the well-being of each individual citizen.
As early as 1785, only 4 years after the Articles of Confederation
went into effect as the first American constitution, grants of public
lands were made to the young States for public schools. Thus, the
Nation adopted at its very beginning a policy of providing to all
citizens opportunities for individual growth through education. And
for the first time in history the now generally accepted worldwide
ideal of free public education for masses of people began to sink its
first tentative roots in American soil. In 1867 the Office of Education
was established “to promote the cause of education” in a nation now
deeply committed to education—a nation needing all the intellectual
capacities of its people to fulfill new national purposes.
Our educational system constantly changes. It must—to meet the
requirements of a constantly growing and changing nation and the
human aspirations of the American people.
Today more than 414 million young people are in college and more
than 47 million are attending elementary and high schools. Their
numbers grow—and so do their opportunities. Thousands of talented
young people now obtain Federal loans to attend college. And re-
cently enacted legislation will enable our colleges to expand their
facilities to accommodate the increasing flood of young Americans
seeking higher education. Nearly $1.2 billion in “bricks and mortar”
assistance to colleges, universities, public junior colleges, and technical
institutions was authorized for a 8-year period. It was urgently
1
2 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
needed legislation, for our Nation needs all the brainpower and skills
that can be developed in our people. _
Now we must move on. We need especially to inject new quality in
the schools of city slums and depressed rural areas—for here are
children who need the best educational opportunities our society can
afford but who generally receive the poorest.
As in education, the history of Federal concern for health dates
back to the late 18th century, when a hospital for merchant seamen
was established by the Fifth Congress. Today the Public Health
Service conducts the largest health research operation in the world
and, through a myriad of programs, helps to bring health knowledge
to benefit all people. It helps to build hospitals, nursing homes, and
diagnostic and treatment centers; it conducts mass vaccination and
disease control programs. And following recent legislation, com-
munity projects are beginning to bring health care into the homes of
the chronically ill and aged, and the mentally ill and mentally
retarded are finally being given new help—and hope.
Today our great health concern—along with the ultimate goal of
wiping out major killing diseases—is to control environmental
health problems arising from our technological growth and rapid
industrialization.
Other years mark other beginnings, other advances.
In 1907 the Bureau of Chemistry in the Department of Agriculture
pioneered in providing the nationwide consumer protection now
afforded by the Food and Drug Administration. In 1912 the estab-
lishment of the Children’s Bureau “to prevent babies dying like flies”
expressed the Nation’s concern for its children—an assumption of
Federal responsibility that has grown and changed to meet the chang-
ing needs of children. In 1920 the predecessor of the Vocational
Rehabilitation Administration began its work in helping disabled and
handicapped men and women attain productive, satisfying lives.
Nearly three decades ago the social security system was born of a
great forging of sensible economics and humanitarian motives. From
both standpoints, this program has proved its worth. To earn a meas-
ure of individual or family financial security as one earns a living is
accepted today as a basic social right of Americans.
More than 9 out of 10 people in paid employment and self-employ-
ment today are covered by the program. Nearly 90 percent of the
men and women who reached age 65 in 1963 were eligible for benefits,
and 9 out of 10 young children and their mothers could count on
monthly payments if the breadwinner of the family died. During the
year, benefit payments totaled $15 billion—money that went directly
into the economy for food, clothing, shelter, and other basic needs.
The Secretary’s Report 3
Our public assistance programs—born along with the social security
system in the wake of the Great Depression—now recognize that cash
payments, while necessary, are no longer enough to meet the need of
a society committed to humanitarian objectives. The 1962 Public
Welfare Amendments gave legislative authority not only to new goals
of helping people climb out of dependency but also of helping to keep
them from becoming dependent. A number of programs are under-
way providing services leading to employment, strengthening of
family life, and improvement in the homes and lives of children who
are poor.
In 1939 Federal health, education, and welfare agencies were brought
together to form the Federal Security Agency in recognition of their
close interrelationship in promoting the well-being of the people.
Ten years ago, with the establishment of the Department, concerns for
health, education, and welfare gained recognition at the highest level
of Government.
This has been a decade of astonishing change and technological
growth, characterized by the continued urbanization and mobility of
the American people, and the continued advance of knowledge. Astro-
nauts circle the globe; scientists probe the ocean depths. More dra-
matic changes will come, for the years ahead show promise of being
the most exciting and challenging in the long history of civilization.
But our social growth has not kept pace with the great scientific
advances that are changing the world. This lag we must overcome.
We have reached a high plateau in our social development, but
higher ground is visible and can be attained. Our goal will be to com-
plete a variety of tasks that will build what President Johnson en-
visions as the “Great Society”—a richer life for all Americans. Asa
result a stronger America will emerge.
4 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Table 1.—Grants to States: Total grants under all Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare programs, fiscal year 1963
[On checks-issued basis]
Vocational | American] White
Welfare Public Rehabili- | Printing}/House
States Total! Adminis- Health Office of tation
tration Service 12 | Education | Adminis-
tration
$3, 629, 835, 300 ]$2, 802,987,385 |$296, 246,943 |$456, 732,980 |$73, 160, 503
104, 063, 541 86, 818, 336 5, 509, 054 8,405,239 | 3,317, 669
12, 613, 841 1,947,799 1, 164, 587 9, 418, 122 1333
29, 941, 432 19, 620, 799 2,145,003 7, 571,725 598, 103
56, 512, 692 45, 263, 928 4,928, 711 3,937,214 | 2,375, 524
434, 939, 091 348,086,123 | 15,167,328 | 68,076,629 | 3,542, 251
61, 240, 660 45, 554, 752 4,147,744 | 10,250,067 | 1,280,488
38, 318, 865 29, 517, 985 2, 508, 241 5, 897, 159 379, 337
6, 528, 038 3, 267, 937 1, 617, 707 1, 459, 262 181, 072
12, 048, 522 9, 834, 185 1, 579, 807 297, 341 334, 919
96, 224, 188 71, 126, 187 9,679,968 | 12,880,356 | 2,516,951
101, 723, 341 78, 836, 912 8,068,773 | 10,822,498 | 3,977,039
18, 325, 717 6, 505, 425 3, 984, 261 7, 458, 520 374, 652
16, 376, 133 9, 743, 588 2, 624, 145 3, 754, 201 253, 253
155, 240, 389 131,430,731 | 10,767,436 | 10,917,647 | 2,094,180
39, 949, 898 29, 583, 253 4,978, 796 4, 740, 956 631, 002
44, 855, 508 35, 179,139 4, 576, 465 3, 964, 884 | 1,126, 864
43, 950, 536 29, 560, 467 4, 239, 857 9, 430, 664 708, 323
69, 280, 972 58, 417, 561 5, 442, 263 4,367,233 | 1,045,465
‘Louisiana. .-2->-- 143, 440, 329 130, 298, 592 7, 921, 219 3,331,654 | 1,877,219
Mame vis. 82224 22, 269, 819 16, 506, 314 1, 969, 592 3, 384, 252 407, 559
Maryland--_----- 48, 153, 627 27, 977,739 4, 246, 816 14, 934, 687 978, 199
Massachusetts_..} 113,133,963 93, 583, 987 5,408,196 | 12,729,604 | 1,384,513
Michigan..._---- 101, 352, 960 81, 695, 296 9, 702, 332 8, 183, 749 1, 741, 566
Minnesota--.---- 58, 177, 659 46, 503, 150 6, 183, 400 4, 037,411 1, 440, 539
Mississippi------- 60, 325, 152 47, 401, 296 7, 881, 140 8,688,504 | 1,347,023
Missouri.---.---- 101, 727, 252 88, 127,775 6, 498, 020 5,838,549 | 1,250,926
Montana....---.- 15, 022, 185 6, 970, 773 2, 267, 639 5, 467, 765 313, 654
Nebraska..-.---- 23, 498, 999 138, 476, 032 3, 569, 861 5, 973, 664 474, 860
Nevada..-------- 7,271,477 3,417, 035 1,061, 532 2, 680, 718 111, 267
New Hampshire_ 9,120, 896 4,828,960 1, 815, 443 2, 329, 585 144, 638
New Jersey------ 59, 501, 709 41,061, 719 5,605,571 | 11,210,085 | 1,596,882
New Mexico-..--- 32, 006, 247 19, 746, 863 3, 667, 805 8, 288, 395 298, 265
New York.------ 278, 351, 490 242,532,049 | 14,658,297 | 15,716,334 | 5,376,326
North Carolina-_- 89, 836, 182 66, 791,689 | 11,099, 532 8,732,774 | 3,189,023
15, 454, 074 9, 591, 469 1, 842, 884 3, 567, 803 450, 657
133, 769, 692 107,606,095 } 11,911,724 | 12,271,773 | 1,945,333
113, 948, 088 93, 838, 765 5,546,126 | 12,566,142 | 1,991,716
30, 201, 634 22, 764, 622 3, 613, 285 3, 126, 658 687, 862
170, 068, 541 135,484,721 | 15,738,775 | 12,187,086] 6,607,300
Rhode Island ---- 16, 763, 366 11, 164, 400 1,428, 099 3, 596, 355 570, 602
South Carolina__- 45,108, 979 26, 087, 914 9, 327, 092 7,800,224 | 1,880,594
South Dakota__-- 17, 758, 842 9, 670, 312 1, 896, 061 5, 847, 017 342, 888
‘Tennessee..-._._. 64, 176, 198 48, 461, 828 7, 942, 819 5, 923, 534 1, 834, 691
TOROS 2. -s>2too= 205, 222, 204 164,970,157 | 15,654,234 | 21,969,211 | 2,600,725
Utah 22-esse4>-5 21, 660, 215 14, 573, 300 2, 238, 549 4, 510, 460 334, 543
Vermont ee ee ae 9, 135, 205 7,022, 427 1, 139, 827 688, 816 283, 210
Witg nia eens a 58, 059, 137 24, 887, 720 6,571,519 | 24,921,044 | 1,663,089
Washington -_---- 73, 986, 884 56, 225, 718 3,428,196 | 13,412,226 907, 627
West Virginia___- 54, 427, 845 46, 154, 766 4,460, 289 1,943,995 | 1,859, 672
Wisconsin-.._-__- 49, 833, 402 37,700, 251 6, 342, 683 4, 654, 052 1,124,771
Wyoming=32.-_ 2 5, 715, 066 3,401, 816 758, 526 1, 460, 615 92, 890
Canal Zone_____- 42 Eee See | ae oa eo |
Guameteeeee 1, 525, 870 238, 426 113, 686 1,119, 949
Puerto Rico..--__ 24, 058, 659 11, 401,085 9, 433, 481 2,090, 533
Virgin Islands__._ 957, 503 527, 217 172, 547 212, 496
Undistributed___- 42; 685, 044) Sooes -Saeeeae eee ee 12,686,644 | Uo oeeeeee
Porelen sexe s0 52 |e ere | ae Se | Sel eel eee ae le
1 Includes $1,800,995 expended for construction of Indian health
year 1963 and not reported previously. niger? facilities proea
2Pxcludes $252,557 Sila to water pollution interstate agencies.
* Includes permanent annual appropriation of $10,000.
Social Security
Administration
Introduction
Tue Ferperat social security program—old-age, survivors, and dis-
ability insurance—now provides protection for practically all working
people and their families. More than 9 out of 10 people in paid
employment and self-employment are covered or eligible for coverage
under the program. Nearly 90 percent of the people reaching age 65
in 1963 were eligible for benefits; this percentage will rise in the future
to 95 percent or more. Nine out of ten young children and their
mothers are eligible for monthly benefits if the breadwinner of the
family dies. Also, at the beginning of 1963, 52 million people were
insured against the loss of income resulting from long-term and
severe disability—and this 52 million is increasing by approximately
2 million a year.
At the end of June 1963, benefits were being paid to more than
1814 million people—about 1 out of 10 Americans. The beneficiaries
include about 1414 million older people (retired workers and their
aged spouses, and widows, widowers, and parents of deceased work-
ers); about 214 million children of retired, deceased, or disabled
workers and about 34 million mothers of those children; and about
800,000 disabled workers under age 65 and their spouses aged 62 or
over (chart 1).
How the program does its job, as well as what it does, is of great
importance. Under social security, the worker earns his future secu-
rity as he earns his living. A worker’s entitlement to benefits and
the amount of benefits he and his family will get are related to his
earnings in covered work, on which social security taxes are paid.
Basing eligibility on a record of past work and providing variable
benefits related to the level of a worker’s earnings adds to and
strengthens our general system of economic incentives.
Benefits are paid regardless of a beneficiary’s income from savings,
pensions, investments, and the like. Consequently, workers are en-
5
6 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
CHART 1.—18.6 MILLION BENEFICIARIES
DISABLED WORKERS
WIVES AND CHILDREN OF
DISABLED WORKERS
CHILDREN OF RETIRED AND
DECEASED WORKERS
WOMEN WORKERS
RETIRED
MEN WORKERS RETIRED JUNE 1963
couraged to supplement the basic protection afforded by social security
with whatever additional protection they can afford to buy. The social
security approach to preventing dependency thus largely eliminates
any basis for the old fear that making governmental provision for
economic security will decrease incentives to work and save. Under
social security, the very mechanism for preventing dependency rein-
forces the individual’s incentives.
Since the security he derives under the program grows out of his
own work, the person who is covered views his social security benefits
as an earned right. He can feel good about taking his benefits, just
as he does about accepting wages for the work he does; he has earned
the right to both.
The concept of an earned right is reinforced by the fact that workers
make contributions in the form of social security taxes which are ear-
marked to help finance the benefits. They make their payments while
they are working and receive the benefits when they have stopped, or
substantially stopped, working. This financial participation encour-
ages a responsible attitude among those covered by the program. The
contributor knows that the benefits for him and his family are made
possible by the payment of social security taxes, and this knowledge
gives him a personal interest in the soundness of the program.
Both the Congress and the executive branch have been scrupulous
in providing for full financing of all program liberalizations. The
very nature of the contributory program, with its huge commitments
to the future welfare of the aged, the disabled, and the widows and
orphans of the Nation, demands this kind of financial responsibility.
The social security program is in actuarial balance when expected fu-
Social Security Administration 7
ture income from contributions and from interest on the investments
of the accumulated trust funds will support the expected disbursements
for benefits and administrative expenses. And the program meets
this test.
The social security program is currently being studied in detail
by an advisory council made up of distinguished citizens from outside
Government. There is a long tradition, going back to the planning
for the original Social Security Act, of seeking the advice and guidance
of private citizens in the planning and development of the national
social security program. In 1934, President Roosevelt named a 23-
member advisory council, representing labor, industry, and the gen-
eral public, to advise the Committee on Economic Security (a Cabinet
committee), which the President had established to study various pro-
posals and develop recommendations for a social security program.
In 1938, shortly after the social security system began operating, a
second advisory council was appointed, this time jointly by a Special
Senate Committee on Social Security and the Social Security Board,
to study the advisability of amending the Social Security Act.
Some 10 years later, in September 1947, the Senate Committee on
Finance appointed an advisory council to help that committee make
a full and complete investigation of the various programs provided
for under the Social Security Act. In 1953, a group of 12 consultants
from outside Government was appointed by the Secretary of Health,
Education, and Welfare to study ways of extending coverage to addi-
tional workers.
Finally, in recognition of the contributions made by past advisory
councils and also of the fact that practically all Americans have a
financial stake in the social security program, the Congress set a statu-
tory requirement, in the 1956 amendments to the Social Security Act,
for periodic review of the financial soundness of the social security
program by advisory councils. The first such council was appointed in
the fall of 1957.
In his special message relative to the elderly citizens of our Nation,
presented on February 21, 1963, President Kennedy stated:
As required by the Social Security Act, the Secretary of Health, Education,
and Welfare will soon appoint an Advisory Council on Social Security Financing.
{I am directing him to charge this Council with the obligation to review the
status of the social security trust funds in relation to the long-term commitments
of the social security program, and to study and report on extensions of pro-
tection and coverage at all levels of earnings, the adequacy of benefits, the de-
sirability of improving the present retirement test, and other related aspects of
the social security system. The results of the Council’s work should provide a
sound basis for continued improvement of the program, keeping it abreast of
changes in the economy.
8 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Subsequently, on June 9, 1963, the Secretary announced the appoint-
ment of a 13-member advisory council. The Council convened on
June 10, 1963.
The Advisory Council appointed this year is the second in the series
of councils provided for under the 1956 amendments. The law pro-
vides for the appointment of subsequent councils in 1966 and every
fifth year thereafter. All of these councils are required by law to
study and report on the financing of the program. However, the cur-
rent Advisory Council is, in addition, directed under the amendments
of 1960 to study all other aspects of the program. It is, therefore,
the first group since the 1947 Advisory Council on Social Security to
be charged with making a comprehensive review of the social security
program.
What the Program Is Doing
Beneficiaries and Benefit Amounts
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1963, benefits paid under the
old-age, survivors, and disability insurance program totaled $15,015
million—an increase of $1,346 million over the amount paid in the
preceding fiscal year. Benefit payments to disabled workers and their
dependents were 16 percent higher than in fiscal year 1962 and totaled
$1,171 million. Old-age and survivors insurance monthly benefits rose
9 percent to $13,649 million, and lump-sum death payments amounted
to $195 million, about $21 million higher than in the previous fiscal
year (chart 2).
Almost 2.9 million monthly benefits were awarded in fiscal year
1963, 324,000 less than the record number awarded in fiscal year 1962,
but more than in any other year. The large number of awards included
many (1) old-age benefits awarded to men aged 62-64, (2) wife’s or
child’s benefits awarded to dependents of these men, and (3) monthly
benefit awards attributable to the liberalized insured-status provisions
in the 1960 and 1961 amendments. Old-age (retired-worker) benefits
numbered 1,238,000, accounting for two-fifths of the awards. Mother’s
benefit awards numbered 102,000, about 4,000 more than the previous
record. The 482,000 monthly benefits awarded to disabled workers
and their wives, husbands, and children were only 10,000 less than the
number awarded in the preceding fiscal year.
The 952,000 lump-sum death payments awarded in fiscal year 1963
were 101,000 more than the previous record number in fiscal year 1962.
Almost 922,000 deceased workers were represented in the awards. The
average lump-sum amount per worker was $211.88.
Social Security Administration 9
CHART 2.—BOTH OASDI BENEFIT PAYMENTS AND NUMBER OF BENEFICIARIES HAVE
INCREASED RAPIDLY SINCE 1950*
Annual Payments** Beneficiaries* **
BILLIONS OF DOLLARS MILLIONS
20
80
FISCAL YEARS
*The 1950 amendments made major improvements in the program.
**Payments in fiscal year. Includes lump-sum death payments.
***Beneficiaries on the rolls at the end of the fiscal year.
The number and amount of monthly benefits in current-payment
status increased substantially during fiscal year 1963. The number of
monthly benefits went up 1.3 million (8 percent) and the monthly rate
of payment rose $98.1 million (9 percent). At the end of June 1963,
18.6 million beneficiaries were receiving benefits at a monthly rate of
$1,226.3 million. : Z
> ZOP ‘ZS 999 7% £20 ‘FST 060 “6ZT 8éL T 81s 288 ‘ZI L0&% 029 ‘FI $°G9S
& ers ‘6Z 200 g $28 ‘60z £F9 ‘G¥% £20 €°eh LO¥ ‘LT L°G1s 089 ‘6T T‘9c¢
£68 OT 886 3 vPP 69T SCL CBT 928 8°CL SFL ‘FL 9 “12% 916 ‘FT F FES
3 Ig¢ CL 6EI € TI8 06 TOE “992 866 | ‘FT 9ZT ‘0% 6 “LOE £90 ‘TZ £°ScE BMOT
E OFT ‘6Z cosh g £26 F8E 968 ‘6IP OST ‘Z £°ZE TE6 ‘Tg SLOP ZI ‘FE A ie | a Daa as am RG SLE a Pear euelpul
919 ‘09 199 ‘CT IL ‘0Z8 968 “E68 209 ‘F g"e9 £82 ‘89 b F96 G88 ‘CL GTO ol Se ieee ies a a eee Be eG oan sTOUTTIT
3 TZ ‘g $99 £96 ‘Le 898 ‘Tg OFZ Le €26 ‘g 6°19 S16 ‘F O90) Te ee a Sid a ee Gig? ee ae ge ~"oyepl
‘3 £09 % Tre 629 ‘9% £29 66 661 0°’ LESS Z9E 98F ‘S G Goes 1 ide: cater S. 6 eae, cae Cee “Teme
3 (Bea : r 88 £6 rs (s) oes o° 6 ores Se tees ee es A ae ae Urerif)
8 eL¥ TE 907 € 600 261 188 ‘9G GOP Z 9th 810 9T 0 ‘008 ZF ‘81 Tre ee oe ee an ge as -- Oo ae eae ““BIsIOOp)
3 T&8 GP 988 ¢ $00 “864 GCL TPS 162 ‘g 0'Tg GLY ‘TP L‘y19 GOL ‘FH 2°909 | | lee te ot ee ooo a eee “epHol
m 662 Ae o18 £02 ‘eh PIE ‘8h 8ZE 09 Z8¢ iS 6 ‘9g TI6 ‘¢ 619s 2b dy eee eS eee cee sos BIqUIN]OD Jo JOr4stq
wt &6L S6P 8g¢ ‘TE OLL ‘bE 606 0’e 109% T'8E G88 nS pammeceal iermcuvecenmensl EGS Gee eases nS ~ OLBMBTIC
= $60 FT TOL € 01g ‘LEG 992 ‘PVG 990 ‘T T tI 6LL 81 6 °L¥G oes ‘61 4) Sine bien Sear oF 77 tan espa as qnorjoouu0D,
as} T88 8 £99 T €90 PIT L6P VET ¢89 ¢ ‘OT L¥S ‘6 G LOT 62 ‘OT EY S | nen IONE Be OS Sees nee ox gee ~“ope10fopD
= OIL 26 TI9 9T Tee ‘6st ‘T | 80 ‘8s ‘T TPO ‘L 6 °S6 9TS 96 Z‘LLE ‘T L&¢ ‘COT P IGCUS eee sae a ea BIULOFTEO,
$96 ‘eI PLS ‘T 090 ‘T2I 86S ‘9ST 260 ‘T F'0Z 660 ‘OT L°S6T 961 ‘TL EOC tenn| on ener f ME Me Ko ee ge ge ees “sesuvyry
> T&Z IL 6h 'T 92E ‘G8 901 ‘L6 £98 6 ‘ZT PIG ‘L ¢ ‘60T 890 ‘8 2.4 en ess ga sete was eres po eoozy
z 0 1G 6% (5) (e) € LN g Ogee el ek ee NS Lae voules Uvolleuly
= GLE 266 | 6F1 ‘g 818 9 8% ia VOP LZ ooh Laue oS tee Sie ee ee ~"Bysely
3 F66 1Z 969 Z FOL ‘SLT $29 806 £90 ‘% TLE F£6 FI F18Z 266 ‘9T Vote cue ae oa a i ae vuUEqely
= G19 ‘OLT ‘I$ | Ogg ‘SETS 92 ‘69 ‘ET$} 692 ‘STO ‘ST$| ZFS ‘88 £288 ‘T STF ‘LET ‘T$ | 0°92 ‘LT 092 ‘922 ‘T$ | €°809 ‘ST eae ce aac ao eee T810.L
$
o syuoursed
Q Weep s}joeueq qunoure IoqunN qunoure qeqmnNy qunoure Joqum NI
mns-dumy | Alyyuoyy ATqUOPT ATWIUOPT ATyIUOPT
1Id 180.1
TISVO 11d 1ISVO T8}0.L soMepIsel Jo 04849 s,AIBjOyousg
¢ £961 Ivod [eosy Ul sjueuAed yyoulg £961 ‘Og oun ‘snqeqs JuoUAd-JUEIMO UT sjyoueq ATYJUO PT
SS ee ae ee ee a ee eee
40
{[spuvsnoy} uy]
aig 49 ‘E96 4vak yoosyf uz syuaucnd nfauaq {0 qunowp pun ¢g6[ aunt
{0 pua ww snynjs tuautXnd-yuasina ut syyfauaq Ayyiuow fo yunowp pup szaquingy :aoupsnsur Anpqvsip pun ‘s10aiains ‘aSn-pj1g—'’z 214%],
41
istration
Social Security Admin
FS 'S
eor ‘T
£83 ‘1Z
FOL ‘8
9ZI ‘OT
$26 ‘8
68
069 ‘2
€12 ‘8
#¥6 ‘TS
GOP ‘LZ
S9F‘%
108 ‘81
280 ‘9
£00 ‘¢
sTe ‘68
€96 ‘IL
802 ‘9T
$9 ‘29
G0 ‘S
PEP ‘ee
F6P ‘66
SIE ‘IZ
OST ‘She
Z¥0 ‘SPL
89 ‘E87
QT ‘91%
006
FEL ‘eS
998 ‘T¢
6FL ‘619
FEB ‘90%
160 ‘ze
189 ‘TIT
616 ‘6L
ZEB ‘9
LS ‘986
ge ‘Z9T
SPF ‘6ST
SOT ‘89L
678 ‘FF
8h ‘84
ZP9 ‘Z6F ‘T
428 ‘68
612 ‘089
B19 ‘LS
799 ‘OT
820 ‘OTT
696 ‘Zo
£00 ‘8se
60F ‘OIL
8S ‘TLZ
120 ‘FOT
9ZI ‘8%
TL0 ‘PLE
G9 ‘BLT
SEI ‘ESz
098 ‘8hZ
$96
T¥8 ‘9¢
F6L ‘99
999 ‘62S
Zh ‘LES
78s ‘oS
6FF ‘ET
990 ‘48
G8F ‘89
68 ‘980 ‘T
269 ‘QLT
EBL ‘LLT
818 ‘Ses
Ser ‘Lh
8F0 ‘T8Z
Q8T ‘229 ‘T
cee ‘FF
786 ‘EL9
ToL ‘19
GE ‘BT
8ZT ‘E21
$82 ‘LE
Zk ‘16S
610 ‘221
G9 ‘88z
eiqeAed oe 118
poseaoep JO SIOATAIN
0} puny ysnsty TS VO
“00S$ WEI} SST »
"09 WEI} SSO'T ¢
“pozeuatyse 0387g Aq TOLINqI4SIC ¢
Crag
coco
ONO
So toor
anwoonst
oom
rood
oO
TIO Or
omwo
Sy oo
N
re
1m1OEN
1D Ob
Lan!
HOGA
ee)
re
vw
oon
oOo
ro
re
OnNr
+t CHONnocn OOOrr
rADSS
ood
oO nc
re
iis ried
RS
Ls)
OOnne HOTO~- AMO
A oe |
*sjuepuedep
Toy} pues soprepyoueq (1oxJOM parqestp) Aqtqestp 0} puny 4snI} TC ey} UTOIy
1Z01d oy} Jo zed (Tq) eomeimsut ATIGesTp eq} Jopun sjgouseg ‘SI9xIOM
$0} pus sjuepuedep sq} pus solreloyoued (19YIOM-PeII}O1) 93B-PTO
ey} woy etqeAed ore ureido1d eouvsInsuy Ayaestp pus ‘sioAtAms
‘93e-pjo oq} Jo sjred (ISVO) 9UBIMSUT SIOATAINS Pus 938-plo 94} Japun s}jeueg rt
goer [oosseeersocsse ee Speer -----==""pBolq ¥
oe. | jae ee ee oe ~-~-sutut0s M
Sie Le, Pie ee eee ee ~~" UISMOOST.M.
e GGT MM Wt] Teiak: Bia oe a ae ~eTUTSILA 3S9M
TE eet oo ees 8 ee a ae “MOJSUTGSe MA
eee mele es et eee sia tae viet aaa ar erUysITA
abd = id ginst sao pe eee eee spUuvIs] UISITA
Chk cea Ee Fhe a oe ak lene aie ~~ qUOULIO A
£°89 Ae nent Sem mn eee eae ee qeyn
Re a oe ae ae Sesrasss Sa ee ~""svxoT,
O'z0e) nee St ee eee eessouud J,
oun he bee ------- Besos = =—ae ose ejoyed Gog
Boe ee ee ee eee ee euljorIsD YINog
668 Te Pe ee eee ee pues] epoyy
FEU sbe ee ee ee oly OWN
OFT ie ee Rae aL Pee -----eTupA[Asuued
erg «reese ee one = ae ae “m0s010
EME olaca Take erage py a Sr ~-euloyelyO
i+ 2h, ne cated esa Fae ee ee oryO
Rein sles=--< Ee ean te Boxed WON
1 Scr a---------- Ree Gt St ae Seer ---euyporeD YIION
0% t iit oh ee --"" yO K MON
¢°99 “““OOTxOV, MON
1629 Se ---aslo¢ MON
Stee lee etait e-oooroo m= ysdueH MON
81Z ee a a “= ""-“BpBAON
86ST
669
€ "00
T1zz ee ame ~-->>> "10d ISstsst TAL
eF9e ----<=- ------- ea aeee oo See ar ae ae a IOROUUL IN.
711-845—64——4
42 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Table 3.—Old-age, survivors, and disability insurance: Selected data on
benefits, employers, workers, and taxable earnings for specified periods,
1961-63
{In thousands, except for average monthly benefit and average taxable earnings; corrected to Oct. 4, 1963]
Item 1963 | 1962 | 1961
Fiscal year
Benefits in current-payment status (end of period):
Number (OASI ond DD a Se ee EE ee 18, 608. 3 17, 280. 4 15, 624, 2
Nim ber (OAS DP seteaeee en oe nee eee 17, 226.0 16, 128.5 14, 726.5
Nim Der CD) 1) cS a ee es ee ee 1, 382. 3 1,151.8 897.7
Old-age (retired worker) .-..-.-.-.---_---.------ 10, 037. 4 9, 347. 6 8, 414.0
Disability (disabled worker) 790. 4 679. 3 558.1
Wife’s or husband’s (OASI and DI) --_--_-_____-_--__. 2, 723. 2 2, 596. 6 2,432.5
Wifesior/husband’s (( ASD Sass. 7 ae ee 2, 563. 0 2, 463. 9 2, 329.9
Wifeisior nusband:s.(ID1)—scse eae ee ee 160. 2 132.7 102.6
Chile's (AB Land DOs.) 2. eee ee 2, 623. 7 2, 407. 5 2,141.3
(Ono lg CONN SH Oy Eee See eee eo eee, eee eee 2, 192. 0 2, 067. 6 1, 904. 3
Child's (DD 22 2.3. eee See 431.7 339. 9 237.0
(Widows or-widower'ss=:.- 5.2.5. = s 2 > See 1, 939. 9 1, 778.1 1,621.9
Mother’s 456. 6 434, 6 419.9
IParent’s:——.~os— 37.0 36.7 36.4
Total monthly amount (OASI and DI)______-___________ $1, 226, 260 $1, 128, 166 $992, 032
Total monthly amount (OASI)_________.___-____-___ x 1, 187, 418 1, 053, 102 931. 705
‘ote monthly simon, (SDs Sess sees we eG 88, 842 75, 064 60, 327
Old-ave (retired worker): 22. 2.so=o.0 1.) 4. eee eee 769, 481 710, 736 627, 400
Apisabitiey (disabled worker) =. ses) os de oe eee 71, 399 60, 948 49, 895
Wife’s or husband’s (OASI and DJ). ..._.--_.-.2.---.._.- 107, 251 101, 821 94, 195
Rilo son insband:s (OABI) 6.2 ee as ee 102, 086 97, 489 90, 759
WV ite'S or husbano- sh Dy) me eee. ee es 5, 166 4, 333 3, 4387
Child’s(O ART Ang DI) ts _3 eee er ee 119, 702 110, 061 99, 233
@nild’s:(OASL).a. = 22s" 107, 425 100, 277 92, 238
Child's (DES. > 12, 278 9, 784 6, 995
Widow’s or widower’s __ 128, 786 116, 317 94, 270
Mother’s 27, 106 25, 797 , 823
2, 535 2, 487 2, 215
$76. 66 $76. 03 $74. 57
90. 33 89. 73 89. 41
39. 38 39. 21 38. 72
39. 83 39. 57 38. 95
32. 24 32, 65 33. 50
45. 62 45. 71 46. 34
49.01 48. 50 48. 44
28. 44 28. 78 29. 51
66. 39 65. 42 58.12
59. 36 59. 36 59. 11
eens aneeeeeias 68. 58 67. 68 60. 85
Benefit payments during period:
Monthly benefits:(O.AST andiDNG ==... 2225 A Se $14, 819,929 | $13, 495, 123 $11, 721, 534
Monthivabenetits (OAS) =. 22 a 2 0S Saree tree ° 13, 649, 254 12, 483, 747 11, 017, 539
Monthiygbonefite (DI)t-2"* seh, see ee Sh 1, 170, 675 1,011, 376 703, 995
Old-age (retired: worker) J-52.-.2. 2 390 9, 139, 200 8, 339, 881 7, 371, 205
Disability (disabled worker)__________________._ 936, 727 816, 349 589, 497
Sapplementary;(OAST and DD Se-22- see oe 1, 618, 618 1, 485, 396 1, 300, 137
Supplenientary(OASD sees oe A ee ee ee 1, 384, 670 1, 290, 369 1, 185, 639
Supplementary (DI)_____- 233, 948 195, 027 114, 498
Burvivors wee en = ee 3, 125, 384 2, 853, 497 2, 460, 695
Lump-sum death payments_.________ 195, 330 174, 089 166, 993
Workers insured for OASI benefits (m
Jan. 1): 3_____ ae 90, 500 89, 200 85, 400
Fully insured__________ 89, 900 88, 600 84, 400
Currently but not fully ins 600 500 1,000
Workers insured for disability 52, 400 50, 600 48, 400
Estimated number of employers reporting taxable wages, 1st
GUarLer OLMsCalyonract. 02S Sen 2 or 8 he ae et ee 44, 330 44,260 44,230
Calendar year
Estimated number of workers with taxable earnings._._._____ 75, 800 75, 000 72, 900
Estimated amount of taxable earnings________________.____ $227, 500, 000 | $219,000, 000 | $209, 700, 000
AVorage:taxabloesmings 622 75 tees a ee een $3, 000 $2, 920 $2, 880
ee EES Se eee
1 Benefits under the old-age and survivors insurance (OASI) parts of the old-age, survivors, and disability
insurance program are payable from the OASI trust fund to old-age insurance (retired worker) beneficiaries
and their dependents and to survivors of deceased workers. Benefits under the disability insurance (DI
part of the program are payable from the DI trust fund to disability insurance (disabled worker) benefici-
aries and their dependents.
2 Includes benefits payable to disabled persons aged 18 or over—dependent sons and daughters of disabled,
deceased, or retired workers—whose disability began before age 18.
3 Estimates of insured workers have not been adjusted to reflect changes in insurance status arising from:
(1) provisions that coordinate the old-age, survivors, and disability insurance and railroad retirement pro-
grams and (2) wage credits for military service. Estimates are only partially adjusted to eliminate duplicate
count of persons with taxable earnings reported on more than 1 account number,
4 Excludes agricultural employers. 5 Rounded to nearest $10.
Social Security Administration
43
Table 4.—Federal credit unions: Assets, liabilities, and capital, Dec. 31, 1961,
and Dec. 31, 1962
Amount
Assets, liabilities, and capital
|
Dec. 31,1962 | Dec. 31, 1961
Number of operating Federal credit
Change dur- | D
ing year
Percentage
distribution
ec. 31, | Dec. 31,
1962 1961
Cui Sr 8 es 10, 632 10, 271 eel (he gee Bl) SS eee
AUT STG Ci ee. $3, 429, 804, 503 | $3,028, 293,938 | $401, 510, 565 100.0 100.0
coaniisiuo teu Ders-.-.-.--=~---i--.-. 2, 560, 721,896 | 2,245, 223,299 | 315, 498, 597 74.7 74,2
ui 3 32 193, 923, 961 190, 190, 576 3, 733, 385 5.7 6.3
U.S. Government obligations________ 84, 095, 259 94, 652,577 | —10, 557,318 2.4 3.1
Savings and loan shares_-_-.-_-_---- 493, 024, 709 412, 428, 717 80, 595, 992 14.4 13.6
Loans to other credit unions___-_-_--- 62, 156, 232 54, 943, 499 7, 212, 733 1.8 1.8
Mandan puddings. ooo 14, 496, 843 11, 861, 150 2, 635, 693 4 4
OAC CEES Ss rs 21, 385, 603 18, 994, 120 2, 391, 483 6 .6
Total liabilities and capital____| 3, 429, 804, 503 3, 028, 293, 938 401, 510, 565 100.0 100.0
MOLpa PAY abiGssesec-H=2- - ===. 2. --<< 68, 656, 711 59, 698, 027 8, 958, 684 2.0 2.0
Accounts payable and other liabil-
Dice 2 ee er 17, 702, 698 16, 151, 362 1, 551, 336 5 5
hares. == 2222-2 555 3, 020, 274,340 | 2,673, 488,298 | 346, 786, 042 88.1 88.3
Regular reserve. 160, 365, 289 133, 939, 870 26, 425, 369 4.7 4.4
Special reserve for delinquent loans__ 4, 368, 044 4, 604, 374 —236, 330 A y)
miner reserves 2...-._._.............- 9, 598, 729 7. 645, 471 1, 953, 258 3 <2
Undivided earnings ?__________..___- 148, 838, 742 132, 766, 536 16, 072, 206 4.3 4.4
1 Reserve for contingencies and special reserve for losses.
2 Before payment of yearend dividend.
Table 5.—Federal credit unions: Selected data on operations, as of Dec. 31,
for each year 1934-62 +
Number of
operating | Number of Loans out-
Year Federal members Assets Shares standing
credit
unions
39 3, 240 $23, 300 $238, 100 $15, 400
772 119, 420 2, 372, 100 2, 228, 400 1, 834, 200
1, 751 309, 700 9,158, 100 8, 510, 900 7, 343, 800
2, 313 483,920 19, 264, 700 17, 649, 700 15, 695, 300
2, 760 632, 050 29, 629, 000 26, 876, 100 23,830, 100
3,182 850, 770 47, 810, 600 43, 326, 900 37, 673. 000
3, 756 1, 127, 940 72, 530, 200 65, 805, 800 55, 818, 300
4, 228 1, 408, 880 106, 052, 400 97, 208, 900 69, 484, 700
4,145 1, 356, 940 119, 591, 400 109, 822, 200 43, 052, 500
3,938 | 1,311, 620 127, 329, 200 117, 339, 100 35, 376, 200
3,815 1, 306, 000 144, 365, 400 133, 677, 400 34, 438, 400
3, 757 1, 216, 625 153, 103, 120 140, 613, 962 35, 155, 414
3,761 | 1,302, 1382 178, 166, 459 159, 718, 040 56, 800, 937
3, 845 1, 445, 915 210, 375, 571 192, 410, 043 91, 372, 197
4,058 | 1,628,339 258, 411, 736 235, 008, 368 137, 642, 327
4,495 | 1,819, 606 316, 362, 504 285, 000, 934 186, 218, 022
4,984 | 2,126,823 405, 834, 976 361, 924, 778 263, 735, 838
5,398 | 2,463,898 504, 714, 580 457, 402, 124 299, 755, 775
5,925 2, 853, 241 662, 408, 869 597, 374, 117 415, 062, 315
6,578 | 3,255, 422 854, 232, 007 767, 571, 092 573, 973, 529
7,227 | 3,598,790 | 1,033,179, 042 931, 407, 456 681, 970, 336
7, 806 4, 032, 220 1, 267, 427, 045 1, 135, 164, 876 863, 042, 049
8,350 | 4,502,210 | 1,529,201,927 | 1,366, 258, 073
8,735 | 4,897,689 | 1,788, 768,332 | 1, 589, 190, 585
9,030 | 5,209,912 | 2,034,865.575 | 1,812,017, 273
9,447 | 5,643,248 | 2,352,813,400 | 2,075, 055,019
9,905 | 6,087,378 | 2, 669,734,298 | 2,344,337, 197
10,271 | 6,542,603 | 3,028, 293,938 | 2, 673, 488, 298
10, 632 | 7,007,630 | 3, 429,804,503 | 3,020, 274, 340
1, 049, 188, 549
1, 257, 319, 328
1, 379, 723, 727
1, 666, 525, 512
2, 021, 463, 195
2, 245, 223, 299
2, 560, 721, 896
1 Data for 1934-44 on membership, assets, shares, and loans outstanding are partly estimated.
2 First charter approved Oct. 1, 1934.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
2ST Tg 689 OTG FL L0¥ PIT ‘19 $29 ‘69 Tze ‘OST 918 oietin th Golly Aiba tk Oe aE “77 euBsMoT
999 ‘8 Zoo 119 ‘81 928 289 ‘OT 226 ‘IT 919 ‘Ze 8L 52 Se 7 Ayonquey
S10 ‘6a ¥L8 822 ‘88 PSP 006 ‘1g 890 ‘9g 678 ‘c9 $8
298 ‘T 8 £0F ‘2 989 ThP % 999 ‘Z vol‘? 9
968 ‘82 &2L 968 ‘SIT 00¢ £0F ‘60T 108 ‘Z2T 698 ‘81 698
£29 ‘CP CEL 926 ‘8¢ Io £0 ‘98 169 ‘29 OST ‘FT 193
998 ‘ST T6L OLL ‘ST 687 148 ‘81 889 ‘ST 629 ‘TS 1g
£12 ‘29 986 662 ‘88 L¥9 040 ‘T8 £02 ‘16 298 “S21 LT
go ge 69 GL oe 9 698 | j
609 ‘eg 8 682 ‘L9 Ore £92 ‘ge OTS ‘eh 90% ‘ZIT I6I
98 ‘18 ey) TLP ‘OTT 918 £02 ‘S8 SPT ‘66 088 ‘92% 09%
188 ‘16 6LL 982 ‘IZT 40 €1Z ‘00T 26S ‘ZIT OSL ‘LS ia’
920 ‘8 £19 206 ‘OL 18g 682 ‘8 91g ‘6 980 ‘oz 67
£62 ‘28 969 881 ‘SIT gee £88 ‘Z2T £09 ‘98T 889 ‘LZ 208
019 ‘TF 28 $88 ‘FS CSF G20 ‘Sh $80 ‘TS $69 ‘66 SPI
060 ‘2 OFZ 989 *F £9 196 ‘8 269‘ 606 ‘ZI Dy
696 ‘60h G82, O10 ‘eF9 68 LI ‘eoh $28 ‘11g $99 ‘126 180 ‘T “BIUIOTEO
18 2 S19 868 ‘ST £8 289 ‘8 LOL '6 90T ‘9% CO | eens eresercrns foe es Sons eR 77 sesuByIy
£06 ‘98 O18 SFT ‘09 697 60T ‘28 O10 ‘ZF 822 ‘08 08
119 ‘8 699 690 ‘8T 9g SF ‘6 799 ‘OL £29 ‘93 0g
006 ‘g8 909 SP ‘Ze age 699 ‘LE SIL ‘eh T9F ‘26 O8T
:U] peyBoo] suOTUN 4IpPeO
986 ‘OZ $96 VIG ‘Zep 629 662 ‘868 10 ‘ehF ST8 ‘889 | OR GRADERS Sa ee eee ee JoA0 pure 000‘000‘s$
192 ‘908 ggg 100 ‘669 99g 290 ‘G09 OTT ‘189 Te ‘$90 ‘T 68% 666‘666'F$-000‘000‘2$
609 ‘S6% T6L T6T ‘989 667 TOT ‘LL9 $98 ‘899 822 ‘LST 'T LLP 666'666‘ 1$-000‘000‘T$
GPL ‘19 682 $26 ‘89 cig LL ‘8h9 998 ‘819 988 ‘902 ‘T O88: ~~ | PFPA ETSI TTT aan 666'666$-000'009$
T6g ‘egg 089 PIS ‘FOF FOF SL¥ ‘ZIP G18 ‘TLE 966 ‘TZ0 ‘T ecety PS see Sa ee ee ~"666‘66$-000‘09z$
LZ ‘OLE 619 L¥S “188 Teg G98 ‘VIE 209 ‘098 123 ‘296 O86. [> | |= "i Sr ener aro aa on 666°6>2$-000‘00T$
686 ‘16 L9F 882 ‘881 18 £88 ‘POL 98 ‘6IT OF9 ‘Thh 6H0'l. 5 § ER cele See ee eee eee 666'66$-000‘09$
099 ‘88 198 PIS ‘89 691 ILP ‘eh 988 ‘6F 160 ‘292 21S, Laeees dc | cantando ce ade. CTR Rel pa ao els aaa 666 6F$-000‘Sz$
£99 ‘ST 98% 168 ‘92 801 ZES ‘BT £96 ‘02 SLP ‘TLT 923 ‘T “7777666 'FZ$-000°0T$
611g BAI 098 ‘ v9 828 'S 696 'F 699 '69 Lo. ou | oa 2 ee wee ae a ~~~ 666‘6$-000'S$
1¥6 921 LLP ‘T £8 Ter ‘Tt 21S ‘I OPP EF 109 _%¢ Visa eS) aes oo eee 000‘S$ Wey SsorT
2JO SJesse TYLA SMOTUN 4IpeAO
EL ‘098 ‘ZS Tg TLP ‘CLG ‘S$ Ter $22 ‘020 ‘e$ G08 ‘6zP ‘e$ 089 “200 “2 C89) OL 2 a ize a a ee Ss ~-"suorun 41pet9 [TV
(spuesnoy4) (spuesnoy}) | Joquieur Jed | (spuesnor4})
2961 1 OSBIIA VY 1210,.L ] OSBIOAY [e10.L
‘1g ‘09
jo se Sul ‘|__| (spuesnoy}) | siequieur Jo |suotun 4Ipelo
-puvysjno Z961I SULINP OpByT sjosse [e}0L, requinN: Jo JaquinN 97819 PUB OZIS JOSSy
soreys ,S10q
-Uleul jo JUNOULy
SIoqU1oUl 04 suvOT Jo JUNOUTy
Z96L ‘21D1§ pup azis jassp fq ‘suoyviado uo DIDp pajvajag :suo1uN JIpasd DLapay—'g IQ",
45
istration
Social Security Admin
06F ‘8
968
LOT ‘FL
LOL ‘TS
£9T
I9L ‘FE
628
£86 ‘81
199 ‘C6T
066 ‘ch
861 ‘ZT
982 ‘TT
€8F ‘T
69 ‘¢
106 ‘LOT
29 ‘FE
ZF ‘8
OGL ‘FIT
OFL ‘8
LO¥ ‘6
082 ‘T8T
699 ‘TZ
S6T ‘OL
9SF ‘9
810 ‘ST
266 ‘61
661 ‘FT
299 ‘OT
89g
€£9 ‘TZ
126 ‘89
09T
TLL ‘6b
ITs,
6SF ‘92
€86 ‘T6z
998 ‘FL
QTL ‘LT
SIL ‘TZ
SOT ‘%
FPG ‘L
OF ‘192
988 ‘OF
SUG ‘68
099 ‘T9T
PEP ‘F
820 ‘FI
80 ‘EFS
TET ‘¥8
929 ‘E0T
80L ‘8
208 ‘ZS
£98 ‘9G
209 ‘ST
691 ‘81
G8 ‘96
£18 '8
£62 ‘19%
986 ‘09
860 ‘LP
$66 FE
80F
088
GLE
€1g
c0T
PEE
08€
GLP
144
bor
90F
T&%
GhP
866
918
OZP
Thr
154
OLE
SS
807
PLP
00F
ose
er
bop
9LE
Sep
6&8
ggg
vIg
198
8Ié
£68
CLI ‘6
&IP
GE ‘OT
699 ‘69
Oot
Fo ‘68
81g
L19 ‘6T
180 ‘812
LIF ‘6S
29% ‘FI
628 ‘ZT
SLL ‘3
OLE ‘g
ETP PIG
6IT ‘Ze
£96 ‘6z
902 ‘OFT
£0F ‘F
78 ‘OT
LOL ‘62%
SIL ‘8%
OTZ ‘90T
68 ‘2
89F ‘OT
£06 ‘Ea
829 ‘ST
009 ‘Zr
£92 ‘LT
169 ‘8
LZT ‘68%
996 ‘99
£16 ‘Se
S6I ‘LE
929 ‘OT
68h
826 ‘ST
193 ‘29
002,
022 ‘SF
189 |
608 ‘2%
PSS ‘Ch
F98 ‘19
06 ‘9T
$98 ‘eT
G80 ‘E
676 ‘9
OPL ‘96%
G8 ‘GF
892 ‘Fe
900 ‘S9T
£88 ‘F
$h9 ‘TT
86T ‘$9
690 ‘26
GOL ‘OZT
Ter ‘8
062 ‘LT
880 ‘LZ
96z ‘8T
000 ‘FT
96F ‘02
Ze ‘6
¥E9 ‘OLE
LEL ‘89
LOL ‘OF
669 ‘Te
OTF ‘TZ
280‘T
816 ‘eh
OST ‘OTT
919 ‘T
092 ‘SIL
$98 ‘T
TP ‘TP
$20 ‘908
FE ‘LIT
£60 ‘98
9ge ‘eg
893 ‘9
910 ‘8T
6IT ‘0L9
G16 ‘88
GL6 ‘L9
65S ‘198
GOL ‘TT
612 ‘CF
¥86 ‘099
090 ‘og
698 ‘99
666 ‘02
£06 ‘FE
age ‘9g
092 ‘TF
1L6 ‘82
88h ‘Zo
OST ‘FZ
966 ‘FOF
G8 ‘LET
£08 ‘ZIT
6IL ‘69
"yep pepunosun uo pesegy
age eee aeons pe ee Ee ee Be ace ce UISUOOST AN!
Seer ee PTR a. ger ee = “--""""BTUTBITA 4SO MM
~--- MO ZUTYSe A
eases Spuvysy WBA
oe oe Tor BUTBITA
o2---------------- ~-"""qTOULIO A
Taam Ue TO
ee SURON,
Anecsnewweacd ~-""-g9ssouuay,
ine ae ae eer “TTTTTIT TL eoNeC WyNOg
Vg. ee = Si 2. ae 2 BUROISO Wyn
Ody OJION
ee gee ae Mie ae ~eTuBA[Asuueg
03010
a a ae oo ak ca Pe ee ee es a OLR OV LAMONT
a. pe oS | es a eee A OSDO ONT
a eae Se: ae qo ae Sa ae ATUSOULULT URON:
~-BYsSBIqeN
oe me So ne ger pee ree sna s eae —= == “Sea TAT
passe Bees ees eg te ee ee aS aa s* LAOS] INT
ee Togs co oe ee me FCISETS SL
i i eae a es ===" BJ OSOUUT PAL
poe ag arin
ca bs oe RIT 0)
a <——e ee a i Tk tn: ee a a eT ie oo OUT OTL
Welfare Administration
On JAnvary 28, 1963, the principal welfare programs of the Depart-
ment were brought together to form a Welfare Administration, thus
creating a sixth major operating agency within the Department.
Dr. Ellen Winston, for 18 years commissioner of welfare of the
State of North Carolina and a distinguished leader in the public
welfare field, was sworn in as the Nation’s first Commissioner of
Welfare.
Creation of the Welfare Administration resulted from a realine-
ment of the welfare and social security functions of the Department.
The separation of the welfare functions from the social insurances
was designed to strengthen the administration of both programs.
The growth of the insurance programs as well as the new responsi-
bilities placed on the Federal-State welfare programs by the Public
Welfare Amendments of 1962 made such a move both timely and
desirable. A Commissioner of Welfare was needed to give full-time
leadership and direction to carrying out the far-reaching goals of the
1962 welfare amendments and to implementing other recent welfare
legislation such as the development of State-Federal programs of
medical care for the medically indigent aged.
The establishment of a separate Welfare Administration was an
objective long advocated by the American Public Welfare Associa-
tion and other voluntary welfare and civic groups. It was their
view that a separate administration would afford opportunities for
stronger relationships with State welfare departments, voluntary
social agencies, and a wide range of community groups concerned
with social welfare needs.
47
48 Depariment of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Five Major Programs
The following units were transferred from the Social Security
Administration to the new Welfare Administration :
@ Children’s Bureau, which has basic concern for the welfare of
children, for research and reporting on all conditions affecting the
well-being of children, and for Federal functions in connection with
Federal-State programs of maternal and child health, services for
crippled children, and child welfare services.
© Bureau of Family Services, which is responsible for Federal
functions in connection with Federal-State programs for old-age
assistance, medical assistance for the aged, aid to families with de-
pendent children, aid to the blind, and aid to the permanently and
totally disabled.
@ Cuban Refugee Program, which is responsible for the operation
of the Cuban Refugee Emergency Center in Miami and for financial
aid and resettlement services to refugees from Cuba.
Two other units were transferred from the Office of the Secretary to
the new Welfare Administration. They are:
@ Office of Aging, which has concern for the well-being of all older
men and women, serves as Federal focal point and clearinghouse of
information in the field of the aging, and assists States and
communities in the development and strengthening of their programs
for the elderly.
@ Office of Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Development, which
works closely with the Departments of Labor and Justice in admin-
istering the Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Offenses Control Act of
1961 and administers the Federal project and training grants which
are authorized by that legislation.
Goals for Public Welfare
The new Welfare Administration is dedicated to the goals of pre-
venting and reducing dependency. These goals, which seemed vision-
ary only a few years ago, have been brought within reach through
passage of the Public Welfare Amendments of 1962. The legislation
provides for increased Federal financial support to enable State public
welfare agencies to—
® offer more professional training opportunities to public wel-
fare staffs;
@ provide a wide range of services that help to prevent poverty,
strengthen family life, and rehabilitate those whose physical or
emotional ills have made them dependent;
@ make somewhat more liberal payments for living costs for
the aged, the blind, and the disabled ;
Welfare Administration 49
®@ develop demonstrations and experiments to find better ways
of helping people;
© offer some incentive to needy people to help themselves
financially ;
@ extend and enrich child welfare services with a view to mak-
ing available such services in all political subdivisions of every
State by July 1, 1975.
One of the most noteworthy features of the 1962 legislation is that
it encourages public welfare agencies to provide social services not
only to present and former recipients of public assistance but also to
others who are likely to become dependent. The amendments rep-
resent the most extensive improvement and redirection of Federal-
State public assistance and child welfare programs since 1935.
In its first months, the new Welfare Administration concentrated
its efforts on helping the States to implement the provisions of the
1962 amendments. The work of the separate program units was more
closely coordinated through centralized planning and the develop-
ment of cooperative approaches to various welfare activities, such
as homemaker services and day-care programs.
A Shared Responsibility
The programs of the Welfare Administration are basically coopera-
tive undertakings with States and communities. The Administra-
tion therefore early took measures that emphasize continuing com-
munication with State departments of public welfare.
Newly appointed State welfare directors are invited to Washington
to participate in 1-week orientation sessions. Here they review recent
legislative and administrative developments that affect their respec-
tive State programs. Other groups of State and local personnel are
invited to consult with Federal staff on a wide range of problems, in-
cluding staff training, the development of educational and informa-
tional programs, and matters affecting major policy areas.
Efforts are also being directed toward strengthening cooperative
relationships with voluntary, professional, civic, religious, and service
groups.
Welfare Research
A Research Division has been established in the immediate office
of the Commissioner of Welfare. In its initial stage, the new unit
gave attention to identifying research priorities on immediate and
long-range problems concerned with poverty and dependency, their
prevention and reduction; the welfare needs of children, the aging,
50 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
ee een men nn a er a
and other groups; the organization of welfare services, and their
coordination.
Plans have been outlined for research investigations of such prob-
lems as alcoholism as a contributing factor in family dependency,
expenditure patterns and budgets of older persons, and evaluative
techniques for additional services provided under the 1962 Public
Welfare Amendments.
The major features of the cooperative research and demonstration
program, formerly under the direction of the Social Security Admin-
istration, have been placed in the Welfare Administration as a result
of an administrative transfer.
By the end of the fiscal year, plans had been completed for issuing
a monthly publication, Welfare in Review, starting in July 1963.
Other Functions
Also within the immediate office of the Commissioner, in addition
to administrative, managerial, and legislative functions, are the inter-
national welfare service; aspects of the emergency welfare service
relating to the continuity of government in the event of a national
emergency; and an information unit which coordinates the informa-
tional activities of the Welfare Administration’s programs.
International Activities
Most notable of the international achievements during the fiscal year
were establishment of the social welfare attaché posts in Rio de Janeiro
and New Delhi, the extension of the international research program
to additional universities and health and welfare agencies overseas,
and the increase in group training plans in cooperation with the
Agency for International Development (AID).
Under the international research program established in 1962,
15 projects—12 in welfare and 3 in health—have been approved. Nine
additional projects are being processed for approval. Experts in
the research and program units of the Welfare Administration and
the schools of social work in several universities participated in re-
viewing the projects. Most popular subjects for research in welfare
in this intercountry program are community planning and develop-
ment, prevention and treatment of juvenile delinquency, including
aftercare, training of personnel, and social service for families and
children. Because of the requirements of the program, requests have
to a certain extent tended to follow areas of known research interest
in the United States.
Welfare Administration 51
During fiscal year 1963, the International Service conducted train-
ing sessions and planned programs of study and observation for 931
trainees. This is an increase of 13 percent over the number planned
for in fiscal year 1962. In addition to the 931 trainees whose pro-
grams were arranged by Welfare Administration, the staff conducted
orientation sessions for 396 internationals at Washington Interna-
tional Center in sessions related to the welfare of the American
family. Of special note was the growing interest in social welfare
planning and research, urban development, and training of personnel.
The Agency for International Development for the first time author-
ized a group seminar in the social welfare field on the subject of Social
Aspects of Urban Development.
The demand for training in the United States on the part of
Spanish-speaking participants from Latin America continues to in-
crease. Through the cooperation of our regional offices and of the
local welfare agencies, training placements for Spanish-speaking par-
ticipants were developed in the following settings: Public Health
and Welfare Demonstration Project, E] Centro, Calif. ; Catholic Char-
ities, Albuquerque, N. Mex.; Inman Christina Center, San Antonio,
Tex.; Catholic Welfare Service, Miami, Fla.; and Henry Street Settle-
ment and Catholic Charities in New York City.
Social welfare attaché posts were established in U.S. Embassies in
Rio de Janeiro and New Delhi. The Welfare Administration recom-
mended the candidates for these posts. Their appointments marked
the reestablishment of the welfare attaché program which was dis-
continued in 1952 because of reduction in funds. In this era of rapid
social development, the analytical reporting function of the welfare
attaché has already proven significant to the country Embassy staff
as well as to the social welfare field in our own country. Establish-
ment of the two posts followed 3 years of negotiation with the De-
partment of State. Additional posts have been requested for the
fiscal year 1965.
The U.N. Social Commission meeting in New York in May gave
major attention to urgent problems of social development in the new
countries, recommended the establishment of a special group on social
welfare to meet prior to the next Commission session, and elected
members of the board of directors for the new research and develop-
ment institute in Geneva. The Welfare Administration cooperated
with the Department of State in developing position papers for the
meeting and the Chief of the International Service served as adviser
to the U.S. member.
Technical services were also provided in connection with other U.N.
intergovernmental meetings, the General Assembly, the Economic and
52 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Social Council, and committee meetings. There was cooperation also
with the Department of State in preparation of papers for a U.N.
regional meeting in Manila of the Economic Commission for Asia
and the Far East.
The UNICEF Executive Board met in December 1962 and June
1963 with Mr. Fred DelliQuadri representing the United States and
Dr. Katherine Bain, Children’s Bureau, as alternate delegate. Inter-
national Service reviewed the social service projects presented and fur-
nished comments to the delegation; also participated in the meetings
in the Department of State to review agency comments. At the June
meeting, the Board approved 105 recommendations amounting to over
$13 million of new commitments. About 70 percent were in the fields
of health and nutrition. There were 14 welfare projects, 12 in the field
of education and 2 new vocational training projects.
At the invitation of the Commissioner of Welfare a panel of outside
consultants reviewed the Welfare Administration’s international ac-
tivities at the end of the fiscal year and provided important recommen-
dations for new activities and new program emphasis. The whole
range of international cooperation was reviewed, including policy
development, training and backstopping, recruitment, research and
studies. The panel recommended development of a new document on
social development and welfare and the use of an ad hoc group of
advisers including persons from different disciplines.
The Directing Council of the Inter-American Children’s Institute
held its annual meeting in Montevideo, Uruguay, August 14 to 17,
1962, inclusive. International Service participated in preparation
of position papers and consultation with the Department of State for
this meeting.
In October the first annual meeting of the Inter-American Eco-
nomic and Social Council at the ministerial level was held in Mexico
City. Mrs. Elizabeth Enochs, the senior social welfare adviser as-
signed to AID, has been serving as a special adviser on social matters
to the U.S. representatives in the Inter-American Economic and
Social Council. Considerable time was spent reviewing and pre-
paring comments on the official documents prepared by the Pan
American Union for consideration at this meeting.
The senior social welfare adviser, detailed last year to the Agency
for International Development, was assigned for a year’s service on
a reimbursable basis. This expert is serving in AID’s Office of Human
Resources and Social Development.
An interesting new development in the welfare field was the com-
pletion of a contract between the Agency for International Develop-
ment and the National Federation of Settlements & Neighborhood
Welfare Administration 53
Centers for the initiation of a pilot project in Caracas, Venezuela,
in the field of urban community development. The project, which
will later be extended to the Philippines, was negotiated through the
Office of Human Resources and Social Development to which the
representative of the Welfare Administration is now detailed as social
welfare adviser. New guidelines were drafted for the field of social
welfare, to be issued by AID to the field missions.
A new publication was developed for interpretive purposes ex-
plaining the functions of the Welfare Administration in international
cooperation. A technical publication on meeting manpower needs,
based on reports of training specialists visiting the United States,
was published.
At the request of the United Nations, a section was developed on
international cooperation for the U.S. reply for the Fourth Inter-
national Survey of Training for Social Work. The U.S. section of
the “U.N. Biennial Report on Family, Youth, and Child Welfare” was
completed and sent to the United Nations in July. Sections of the
report were prepared by the appropriate program bureaus and offices
in the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare and by the
national voluntary agencies and were consolidated in International
Service. The National Social Welfare Assembly coordinated the
contributions of the voluntary agencies. The report summarizes
progress and new programs in the field of social services in the United
States for calendar years 1960 and 1961, and is part of an established
U.N. reports program for all member governments.
Council on Aging
The Commissioner of Welfare serves as Deputy Chairman of the
President’s Council on Aging and as Chairman of the Executive Com-
mittee. Near the close of the fiscal year, the Council issued its first
annual report, The Older American, which summarizes the status of
the aged in the United States, their needs and problems.
Bureau of Family Services
A Year of High Challenge for Public Assistance
At the close of a 12-month period in which most of the Nation’s
people enjoyed unprecedented economic prosperity, the Federal-State
public assistance programs—administered by the Bureau of Family
Services—were providing the basic means for life to 3.6 percent of
the population. These 6.8 million people were the old, the sick, the
54 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
disabled, and the children who need public assistance to maintain a
living standard of health and well-being. However, they are only
one segment of a larger group of impoverished Americans—the esti-
mated 20 percent of the population who live in families with incomes
of less than $3,000 a year. Public assistance programs offer an in-
sight into the overall problem, providing knowledge about the social
and economic causes of poverty, and how it can be reduced or
prevented.
The two new major efforts by the Bureau during fiscal year 1963
were helping the States to carry out the 1962 Public Welfare Amend-
ments to the Social Security Act and directing the nationwide review
of eligibility in State programs of aid to families with dependent
children (AFDC).
The 1962 Public Welfare Amendments in Action
The 1962 amendments were the most significant legislation affect-
ing public assistance in a generation. They stand for belief in the
Nation’s responsibility to aid its less fortunate or less capable people
and the conviction that an investment in constructive social services
will—in the long run—produce savings in human as well as economic
values. The key provisions were designed to prevent future depend-
ency. By concentrating on social services to families and children
with such serious problems as ill health, poor housing, behavior dif-
ficulties, and lack of education, the amendments provide State public
assistance programs with tangible means of preventing the inheritance
of poverty by generation after generation. The law also stresses
services for the aged, disabled, and blind, to protect them and help
them use their capacities for self-care and, when appropriate, self-
support.
The new law deals with child welfare services (described in the
Children’s Bureau section of the report) and all of the Federal-State
public assistance programs.
The legislation provides greatly improved tools for tackling the
serious problems facing local public welfare agencies today. As
with earlier amendments, most of the new provisions are optional,
though the additional Federal funds offered are an incentive as
well as the means to do the job.
DEVELOPING POLICY FOR STATES TO FOLLOW
For the Bureau of Family Services, the first major task after the
passage of the legislation was to prepare and disseminate the inter-
pretive policies on which amended State plans or new State plans
could be based. This required consultation with State agencies, close
Welfare Administration 55
_ examination of congressional intent, and the concentrated effort of
not only Bureau staff specialists but the lawyers and auditors who
also are involved in the administration of Federal grants-in-aid to
the States for the assistance and child welfare programs. The Bureau
then issued the policy materials which set the various deadlines for
State implementation, and began to take official action on the State
plan material arriving in a steadily mounting stream.
The volume of proposed changes in State public assistance plans
in the last months of the fiscal year combined with the Bureau staff’s
concentration on the nationwide review of eligibility in AFDC re-
quired unusual measures. A special committee coordinated by the
Division of Program Operations received, considered, and made deci-
sions on about 100 separate plan-revision proposals during May and
June.
Two new mandatory provisions in the 1962 legislation went into
effect July 1, 1963, in all States. The first is that State AFDC
programs must provide for a plan and services for each child. Spe-
cifically, States must make a social study of each child to determine
which of them have special problems or need protection. Where
children are ill, handicapped, neglected, abused, or have behavior
problems, States must help parents use their capactities and com-
munity resources to improve the situation. Where serious threats
to the welfare of children continue, States must insist on protection
and care in their own or substitute homes, through court action if
necessary. States must establish standards for assessing home con-
ditions or parental behavior likely to result in inadequate care or
neglect.
The second mandatory provision is that the services of the AFDC
and child welfare programs must be coordinated on State and local
levels in such areas as program planning, staff development, direct
service, and community planning.
THE MINIMUM “PACKAGE” OF IMPROVED SERVICES
During fiscal 1963, States made encouraging progress in carrying
out the new amendments. As the year ended, virtually all of the
States or other areas had obtained Bureau approval of plans to take
at least the beginning steps to provide improved social services with
higher Federal support in one or more assistance categories. Full
implementation is required by 1967. By providing all of a minimum
“package” of prescribed services, States receive from the Federal
Government 75 percent—instead of 50 percent as formerly—of the
cost of the services. By providing the minimum services, States also
qualify for 75-percent Federal participation in the costs of training
welfare agency staff.
56 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
With the advice of the States, standards were set to assure that
States had capable staff with adequate time and supervision to pro-
vide the improved social services. These standards are to be met
progressively, with full achievement by 1967: Caseloads of no more
than 60 per worker, 1 supervisor for each 5 workers, home visiting
as frequently as necessary but no less than once each 3 months, and
adequate training for the staff giving improved services.
The minimum services are directed to recipients in all assistance
programs: those 65 and older who cannot handle their own affairs
because of mental or physical infirmity, and the aged who need help
to stay in their own homes; blind and other disabled adults with po-
tential for full or partial self-support or self-care; unmarried parents
and their children; families broken by desertion; families with adults
who have potential for self-support; and children needing protection
because of unstable home conditions, money mismanagement, lack of
supervision, and special problems of health and education. ‘The mini-
mum services must be offered also to applicants for assistance in all
programs. Such help includes identifying problems and giving ap-
propriate short-term service.
Services for which the Federal Government will finance 75 percent
of costs include: counseling on child care, home management, and
personal and family problems; arranging foster-home care; work
training and job finding; reconciling separated parents and obtain-
ing support from deserting fathers; planning for medical and hospital
care; finding decent living quarters; and enlisting the support of
family and friends.
Also included are social group work, homemaker services, volun-
teer service programs, community planning in behalf of assistance
recipients and other low-income groups, and demonstration projects.
Certain services can be purchased from other State agencies.
The emphasis on minimum services is intended to encourage States
promptly to provide basic help to those in greatest need. It also rec-
ognizes most States’ difficulties in immediately stafling and financing
for full services to all recipients.
States that are providing the minimum services can claim the 75-
percent rate for additional optional services for preventing and reduc-
ing dependency. For example, services can be provided to per-
sons—at their request—who once were or who might become dependent
on public assistance.
Allocation of costs program by program is continued. In addi-
tion, within each program, costs reimbursable at the 50- and 75-percent
rates must be identified. Until July 1, 1964, States are permitted to
make the minimum changes in their cost allocation plans necessary to
Welfare Administration 57
support claims for the 75-percent rate. Thereafter, they will be ex-
pected to adopt improved work measurement procedures.
ASSISTANCE AND TRAINING FOR THE JOBLESS
In May 1961, States had been authorized to extend their AFDC
(then “aid to dependent children”) programs to include the children
of an unemployed parent. Formerly, AFDC covered only children
in need because of the death, absence, or incapacity of a parent. Due
to expire June 30, 1962, the new provision was continued for 5 more
years by the Public Welfare Amendments of 1962. During the fiscal
year, the number of States providing this assistance increased from
13 to 15, although 2 States dropped the plan at the end of the year,
returning the total to 13. Five other States passed enabling legisla-
tion during fiscal 1963.
The passage of this legislation was a significant breakthrough. For
the first time since the great depression, the Federal Government as-
sumed the responsibility of helping localities meet the needs of employ-
able but jobless people and their families. The question of providing
public aid to able-bodied persons is not one on which the country is
in full agreement. But it is hard to justify the continued denial of
assistance to needy children simply because their fathers are at home.
These children are just as deprived, just as hungry, as those whose
fathers have died, deserted their families, or become incapacitated.
Aid for both parents of a dependent child, another feature of the
1962 amendments, provides for Federal sharing in State expenditures
for assistance to a second parent living in the home (instead of one,
as formerly), if the child’s lack of parental support is based upon
the incapacity or unemployment of a parent. Some 37 States sub-
mitted plans to adopt this measure, and 10 others showed strong
interest in doing so.
One of the most potentially valuable sources of help for the unem-
ployed assistance recipient was the authorization of community work
and training programs. They were intended by Congress to conserve
and develop work skills among parents and children over 18 in fami-
lies receiving—or likely to receive—AFDC. States can accomplish
this aim by basic education, constructive work experience, vocational
training, counseling, and special job placement services. Mothers can
participate if there are safeguards for care of their children. State
response to the program was slow during the year. Only West
Virginia put the program into action. Plans had been prepared by
three other States—Illinois, Maryland, and Oregon. And 12 other
States indicated substantial interest in adopting this means of helping
711-845-645
58 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
employable members of AFDC families improve their ability to earn
a living. The authorization of community work and training is due
to expire in 1967. Hence, States have less than 4 years to try out
the provision and determine whether it should be proposed as a
permanent part of the AFDC program.
As further aids to rehabilitation, the 1962 amendments included
several provisions involving recipients’ work expenses and income.
One of them requires States to consider all expenses attributable to
employment in determining the need of a recipient under any public
assistance program. At yearend, State agency reports showed that
48 had current provisions in their State plans for considering the
costs of earning income. The rest were submitting or preparing new
plan material. A provision affecting old-age assistance recipients
permits States to exempt earned income for persons aged 65 and over
to the extent of the first $10 per month plus one-half of earnings over
that up to $50. About one-third of the States had taken action to
implement this provision. Another new provision, effective July 1,
1963, requires States to disregard for a period not longer than 138
months any additional income and resources of a recipient of aid to
the blind when he is engaged in an approved plan for self-support.
Existing law had provided only for disregarding the first $85 of
earned income plus one-half of that in excess of $85.
MEETING SPECIAL NEEDS IN AFDC FAMILIES
The 1962 amendments authorized a method of protective payments
in the AFDC program. The method was designed for the relatively
few situations in which parents are unable to spend the money pay-
ment in the best interest of their children. The provision authorizes
welfare agencies to deliver the check to a relative, friend, or agency
employee who has the personal interest and ability to act for the
parent in purchasing the family’s basic necessities. The use of pro-
tective payments is to be of short duration and limited to no more than
5 percent of the caseload in any month. Agencies are to help parents
learn better household and money management. Three States had
submitted plans for adopting this provision and a dozen others had
indicated interest in putting it into effect.
The amendments made permanent a 1961 temporary provision that
assured the continuance of assistance for AFDC children removed
by court order from unsuitable homes and placed in foster-family
eare. This provision was being used in full or in part by 15 States;
11 others were preparing to put it in effect.
Welfare Administration 59
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE ADULT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
To simplify administration through use of common standards and
procedures for all needy adult recipients, the 1962 amendments gave
States the option of developing a single program for adults in place
of the separate programs of old-age assistance, medical assistance for
the aged, aid to the blind, and aid to the permanently and totally
disabled. Three States moved toward taking this action as the year
ended and 11 others were preparing plans to do so or had passed
enabling legislation. The new plan is called aid to the aged, blind,
or disabled (AABD).
Additional Federal funds made available by the 1962 amendments
enable States to increase average monthly payments to recipients in
the adult programs. (See “Size and Cost of Public Assistance Pro-
grams,” below.)
THIS YEAR’S LEGISLATIVE PROPOSALS
In carrying out its responsibility for studying and recommending
more effective ways of providing economic security to needy people,
the Bureau took part in preparing the Department’s 1963 recom-
mendations for improving the public assistance programs. They are
contained in what is called the “Senior Citizens Public Welfare
Amendments of 1963.” The major sections of the bill would:
@ Add a new plan requirement in old-age assistance or aid to the
aged, blind, or disabled for State plans that include medical assistance
for the aged. This change would require that medical care and
services under medical assistance for the aged (MAA) would not be
greater in amount, duration, and scope than those in the other assist-
ance programs for adults.
@ Remove the 42-day limitation on Federal matching for assist-
ance payments for medical care of recipients in general medical
institutions who have been diagnosed as psychotic or tubercular.
© Require State plans as of July 1, 1966, to include a provision
for the establishment or designation of a State authority responsible
for establishing and maintaining standards for rental housing oc-
cupied by assistance recipients.
®@ Reduce the length of residence a State may impose as an eligi-
bility condition so that by January 1, 1970, State requirements for
the programs of old-age assistance or aid to the aged, blind and
disabled could not exceed 1 year.
- @ Permit protective payments to third persons when it is found
that recipients of OAA or AABD cannot manage their own funds.
60 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963 |
The Nationwide Review of Eligibility
The Bureauw’s review of eligibility in State programs of aid to fam-
ilies with dependent children provided a great range and volume of
information on administrative problems facing the State public as-
sistance agencies. The review also made clear that greater care by
States in determining eligibility for public assistance can strengthen
the quality of service they offer.
The AFDC eligibility review was requested by the Senate Appropri-
ations Committee and carried out simultaneously in all States during
January, February, and March, 1963. According to the Bureau’s re-
port of State-by-State findings, three main kinds of problems were
found: Ineligibility, incorrect payments, and inadequate case record-
ing to support agencies’ determinations of eligibility.
A total of 104 of the Bureau’s 180 professional social work staff were ~
assigned full-time to the AFDC review. Their job was to direct the
more than 2,400 members of State and local staff who carried out the
review. In addition, staff of the General Accounting Office were in
the field in 10 States and in the Bureau’s central office observing the
review process in detail, at the request of the Senate Appropriations
Committee. Working in every State welfare department, Bureau
staff assured that States carried out the review according to plan,
tested the validity of State decisions by spot-check home visits, called
problems to the attention of States when needed, and analyzed data
for preparation of State reports.
To provide a uniform base against which to review eligibility in the
separate States, information was collected from each State on its cur-
rent eligibility laws, policies, and practices.
Because of the Senate committee’s requirement that the review be
made by the staff of the Federal, State, and local public assistance
agencies, a number of special precautionary measures were taken to
guard against the possibility of bias. They included: Case reviewers
assigned in geographic areas and to caseloads for which they normally
had no responsibility for eligibility determination; samples selected
at random according to statistically valid sampling theory and, once
selected, held inviolate against unauthorized deletions, substitutions,
or advance disclosure to localities; uniform training materials and
instructions issued to all staff involved in the review so that there was
a common base of understanding and stress on the need for accuracy,
objectivity, and comparability.
The study emphasized the fact that there is wide variation among
State AFDC programs. ‘There were 11 States with less than 2 per-
cent of their families ineligible and 9 with more than 10 percent in-
Welfare Administration 61
eligible. For the Nation as a whole, 5.4 percent of the families were
ineligible. Thus, 94.6 percent—the vast majority—was legally en-
titled to assistance. Ineligibility rates tended to be lowest in States
where caseloads per worker were lowest, where reinvestigations of
the family’s eligibility were more frequent, and where payments were
most realistically related to minimum living costs.
To carry out more effectively the Social Security Act requirement
that States provide “methods of administration * * * necessary for
proper and efficient operation” of their public assistance plans, the
Bureau directed its regional staff to work closely with States on
identifying problems of administration, and taking steps to correct
them. First attention went to States in which ineligibility and in-
correct payment rates were highest.
Two additional requirements had been announced earlier. The
first, effective July 1, 1963, was that the eligibility of every AFDC
family must be redetermined by States at intervals of at least 6
months instead of 12. The second, beginning in November 1963 for
the AFDC program and in February 1964 for the others, required all
States to put into effect a new quality control of case actions, including
home visits, for testing the accuracy of workers’ decisions on
eligibility and payments.
These actions will provide basic nationwide safeguards, but they
cannot substitute for action by each State to deal with its own indi-
vidual problems. In planning remedial action with State public as-
sistance agencies, the Bureau’s regional staff stressed use of measures
that could be taken quickly and which would produce immediate
results such as simplifying procedures for determining need and
updating obsolete agency policies. The staff also urged State agen-
cies to redouble their efforts to correct such long-term problems as
high rates of employee turnover and inadequate office facilities.
Growth of Medical Care in Public Assistance
Bureau efforts to improve health services for needy people are
motivated by knowledge that disability is a basic cause of poverty
and that poverty makes it difficult to obtain the medical care that can
overcome disability. No group is hit harder by this paradox than
the aged, whose vulnerability to illness is greatest and whose earning
power is smallest.
During the year, the program of medical assistance for the aged
(MAA) was put into effect in two more jurisdictions—the District
of Columbia and Vermont. This brought the number of State pro-
grams to 29. About 10 other States are expected to initiate MAA
62 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
programs during fiscal 1964. Another six States are preparing legis-
lative proposals to establish programs. MAA was authorized by the
Kerr-Mills amendments to the Social Security Act and went into
effect in October 1960. (For facts on caseload and expenditures see
“Size and Cost of Public Assistance Programs,” below.)
Although Federal law authorizes matching of a State’s expendi-
tures for insurance premiums in behalf of recipients of MAA, no
State, so far, is operating MAA under an insurance plan. As the
fiscal year ended, New Jersey, South Dakota, and Wyoming were
developing plans to use Blue Cross-Blue Shield organizations in the
administration of their MAA programs. Colorado and Texas are
currently using Blue Cross plans to administer medical care in other
public assistance programs.
The Bureau and the American Hospital Association jointly spon-
sored a six-State regional conference in Denver on ways of improving
hospital services for OAA and MAA recipients. Participants in-
cluded welfare departments, hospital associations, and Blue Cross
organizations from Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, Utah, and
Wyoming. Similar conferences in other regions are planned for fiscal
1964.
During the fiscal year, Arizona and Delaware began for the first
time to make payments for medical care of OAA recipients.
Alaska, which has an amended plan ready for operation, was the
only remaining State not making payments for medical care.
The Bureau’s first regional medical consultant went on duty during
the fiscal year. The consultant’s function is to help State public as-
sistance agencies develop the scope and content of their medical care
programs and to build closer relationships among State and local pub-
lic health and public welfare agencies.
Bureau central office staff completed a plan for use by regional
office staff in reviewing the effectiveness with which State medical
care programs are meeting the needs of public assistance recipients.
First use of the review plan will be in the MAA program.
A Bureau summary of preliminary data from 22 States’ reports on
medical assistance for the aged in 1962 showed that the total number
of different recipients who received any type of medical care during
the year was almost three times the average monthly number of
recipients. More recipients received hospital care than any other
type of medical care; the second greatest number received physicians’
services. While the number of recipients who received nursing-home
care represented only 33 percent of all recipients, the cost of their
nursing-home care represented 47 percent of total expenditures. Hos-
pital costs represented an additional 48 percent of the total. Thus,
Welfare Administration 63
these two types of care represented 95 percent of total costs. Ap-
proximately the same amounts were spent for physicians’ services and
for prescribed drugs. On the average, recipients received two types
of care.
Federal-State public assistance continued to play a part in the
Nation’s mental health activities by helping needy individuals develop
their capacity for self-care and self-support. The Social Security
Act was amended in 1960 to provide for care and treatment of men-
tally ill recipients of OAA and MAA in public or private medical
institutions for up to 42 days following a diagnosis of psychosis.
During fiscal 1963, the provision was extended to the newly author-
ized program of aid to the aged, blind, or disabled. Also, the 42-day
maximum was made applicable to each episode of mental illness,
instead of to the patient’s lifetime, as before.
Federal sharing in assistance payments for persons on conditional
release from mental hospitals was made possible by a policy change
late in fiscal year 1962. Formerly, most such released patients were
considered “inmates” and not eligible for federally supported assist-
ance grants. Of the estimated 135,000 persons then on conditional
release, about 25,000 were thought to be eligible for public assistance.
The assistance payments were intended to support the patients in
their own homes and communities until they got back on their feet.
The policy has the further advantage of gradually freeing mental
hospitals for treatment of those who can benefit only from inpatient
psychiatric care. As fiscal year 1963 ended, more than half the States
were planning to take advantage of this provision.
Bureau approval during the year of Indiana’s plan for aid to the
permanently and totally disabled left only two States—Alaska and
Nevada—without this program.
To help States improve the quality of medical services for needy
and low-income people, the Bureau published a number of guides
and standards on specific areas of medical care programs, such as
administration, dental care, pharmaceutical services, and home health
care services.
Building a Trained and Capable Staff
States reported promising developments in their programs for train-
ing public welfare workers to provide rehabilitative services to trou-
bled and needy people.
By 1970, State public assistance agencies will be employing an esti-
mated 65,000 caseworkers. About one out of four should have pro-
fessional education in graduate schools of social work to prepare for
providing social services to persons facing such severe problems as
64 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
illegitimacy, desertion, and the infirmities of old age. The remain-
ing three-fourths should have short-duration in-service training for
such work as examining recipients’ rights to financial assistance and
helping them take advantage of community resources. Of the esti-
mated additional 20,000 agency directors, supervisors, and field
representatives, nearly three-fourths should have graduate profes-
sional training in social work.
In 1960, when the last survey of State public assistance workers was
made, only 1 professionally trained worker was available for each
23,000 public assistance recipients, and only 1 percent of the case-
workers in public assistance had full graduate social work training.
The present activity in the training of welfare workers comes mainly
from two Federal developments: The 1961 administrative rulings of
the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, which required
States to establish by 1967 programs to train all staff of public wel-
fare agencies; and the 1962 Public Welfare Amendments, which au-
thorized an increase in Federal matching from 50 to 75 percent for the
cost of providing improved social services and for the administrative
costs of staff development. Such costs include salaries of full-time
training personnel, cost of short-duration training by the agency or
outside institutions, and salaries of employees granted full- or part-
time educational leave by the public welfare agency.
The 1962 Public Welfare Amendments also authorized certain direct
training activities to be conducted by the Federal Government to help
increase the number of trained welfare workers. Funds to put this
into operation were not appropriated, however.
By the end of the fiscal year, 45 States had full-time training direc-
tors and the rest were seeking candidates with the necessary master’s
degree in social work. All States had made progress toward the other
requirements: establishing criteria for determining how many train-
ing personnel would be needed, developing internal agency training
programs, and designating the positions that require professional or
technical education and planning how to fill these positions.
To help meet the critical shortage of trained workers, the Bureau
cooperated with the American Public Welfare Association and the
Council on Social Work Education which cosponsored a 3-week insti-
tute to “train the trainers” of State public welfare staff. Funds were
provided by the Field Foundation. Some 85 staff training specialists
from nearly 40 States attended. The institute stressed basic principles
that could be used in teaching any phase of welfare agency operation.
Bureau specialists prepared a wide range of teaching materials.
They included teaching notes for the film, “Reluctance to Go to
School,” produced by the Bureau of Family Services and the Chil-
Welfare Administration 65
dren’s Bureau; a kit on rehabilitation of the handicapped adult; a gen-
eral bibliography on family life; papers on supervision, consultation,
and staff development; and annotated bibliographies and syllabi on
administration, community organization, and sequential learning.
Federal funds totaling $245,000 were approved for the first year’s
operation of a Washington State Department of Public Assistance
training center in Seattle as a demonstration project. The project will
provide 10 months of intensive training in social services to welfare
workers who have at least 1 year’s experience in the program of aid
to families with dependent children. Classroom lecture and discus-
sion programs alternate with periods back in the local agencies where
trainees carry out closely supervised work with a small number of
families. The State agency said the project would help Washington
and other States learn how to provide effective in-service training for
public welfare workers unable to obtain professional education.
The Bureau gave major technical assistance in staff development
to nearly half of the States. Arkansas, for example, was helped to
prepare for a series of staff training meetings for caseworkers and
supervisors. The Bureau worked with the District of Columbia in
planning and conducting an institute for first-line supervisors as the
opening phase of a yearlong training program for this group. Use
of Wisconsin’s university extension program to supplement in-service
training was discussed with this State’s welfare staff development
specialist. Officials of the Pennsylvania Department of Public As-
sistance and the University of Pittsburgh School of Social Work
asked for Bureau consultation on setting up a special training pro-
gram for county welfare directors and other administrative personnel.
The Bureau gave advice on New Jersey’s educational leave program
and consulted with staff of the State’s bureau of assistance on a
training program for supervisory staff.
Civil Defense Emergency Welfare Services
Under authority delegated by the Secretary of Health, Education,
and Welfare and the Commissioner of Welfare, the Bureau of Family
Services is responsible for developing a standby national program of
welfare aid and services that would provide the necessities of life to
the homeless in the event of enemy attack.
A significant step this year was formation of a task force involving
the Bureau, the Public Health Service’s Division of Health Mobiliza-
tion, and the Department of Labor. Mission of the task force was
to identify the necessary occupational skills and draw up the orga-
nization charts for performing the emergency health and welfare
responsibilities delegated to the Department of Health, Education,
66 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
and Welfare by the Office of Civil Defense, Department of Defense.
The Bureau continued to provide consultation and technical assist-
ance to emergency welfare staff in State public welfare departments.
In the latter part of the year, reports from States and other areas
showed 18 with full-time and 22 with part-time professional and
administrative staff assigned to emergency welfare planning. The
remaining 13 States had no personnel regularly assigned to emergency
welfare.
Four more Federal-State emergency welfare agreements were
signed during the year, bringing the total to 42. The new agreements
were with Delaware, Michigan, New York, and Guam. A typical
agreement designates the State department of public welfare as the
agency to plan and administer when needed a program of emergency
welfare services. The agreements provide an immediate way to chan-
nel Federal money to the States in time of national crisis. Services
would include feeding, clothing, lodging, reuniting families, and care
of children and theaged. The services would be given before, during,
and after an enemy attack, in or out of shelters.
Memorandums of understanding covering participation in civil de-
fense welfare services were signed with five more national welfare and
business organizations. The memorandums provide a basis for their
cooperation with the emergency welfare programs of Federal, State,
and local agencies. For example, the Paper Cup & Container Insti-
tute, Inc., trade association for the manufacturers of sanitary beverage
and food containers, agreed to encourage their members to participate
in civil defense planning. And the American School Food Service
Association, whose 30,000 members manage the Nation’s school lunch-
rooms, offered to help plan mass feeding operations. The 16 memo-
randums executed earlier were with such organizations as the Ameri-
can National Red Cross, Salvation Army, and National Travelers Aid
Association.
A new document, “Continuity of State and Local Public Welfare
Agencies—A Planning Guide,” was made ready for publication.
Its purpose is to help State and local public welfare officials plan for
carrying out their responsibilities during a national emergency im-
posed by nuclear attack.
Help for Needy Repatriates and Refugees
One of the persons helped last year by the Bureau’s program of as-
sistance to repatriated American citizens was a 31-year-old former
political prisoner from Czechoslovakia. Though he had never lived
in the United States, he had acquired citizenship through his father, a
naturalized American. The Bureau arranged for his reception in New
Welfare Administration 67
York and journey to a midwestern city where he was helped to get
settled.
Twenty-seven of the 307 new cases of repatriates assisted by the
Bureau last year were aided under a permanent 1960 law providing
for care and treatment of mentally ill citizens sent home from over-
seas. In addition, the Bureau continued to pay for an average
monthly caseload of 53 mentally ill repatriates at Saint Elizabeths
Hospital. Total spent during the year for mentally ill repatriates
was $232,000, allowing for reimbursements obtained by the Bureau.
The remaining 280 of the new cases of repatriates aided by the Bu-
reau were helped under a 1961 Social Security Act amendment, recently
extended to June 30, 1964. It provides short-term help to citizens and
dependents returned to the United States because of destitution or ill-
ness. Repatriates from Cuba accounted for 246 of these cases, with
the remaining 34 arriving at other U.S. ports of entry, mainly New
York City. Assistance to ill and destitute repatriates cost $180,000
during the fiscal year, with $130,000 spent by the Florida Department
of Welfare. Social services made financial assistance unnecessary in a
number of cases.
The Bureau has begun a series of interdepartmental area meetings
to expedite development of a comprehensive new plan for assisting
American citizens evacuated from foreign countries in emergencies.
‘The most recent Bureau involvement in this kind of assistance was
May 1963, when American civilians were airlifted from Haiti to
Miami.
The new plan is intended to cover the movement of U.S. noncom-
batants and their dependents to sea, air, and land ports of entry in
the United States, then reception, processing, transportation to com-
munities of destination, and temporary assistance. It involves joint
effort by the Bureau of Family Services, other Welfare Administra-
tion units, the Public Health Service, Army, Navy, Air Force Mili-
tary Air Transport Service, and the American National Red Cross.
In large-scale emergencies, the plan provides for transition to civil
defense emergency welfare operations.
Washington-based staff of the above organizations met with their
regional and area representatives in San Francisco, Boston, and New
Orleans. Similar meetings are scheduled for the southeastern and
midwestern areas.
The number of Cuban refugees assisted in Florida has dropped for
the first time since the financial assistance program began in February
1961. Following the October 1962 Cuban crisis, there was a drastic
reduction in the number of refugees coming to the United States.
Prior to the crisis, approximately 1,600 to 1,800 Cuban refugees were
63 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
arriving in Miami each week, but subsequently the number of new
arrivals dwindled to a weekly average of 140. Intensification of the
resettlement program also contributed to the declining caseload in
Florida. Thus, from a high of 32,767 cases of financial assistance in
Florida during October 1962, the number declined to 27,683 cases
in June 1963, and the downward trend is continuing.
The Bureau continued its efforts to help Cuban refugees resettle
outside Miami, which still houses about 100,000 of the more than
165,000 persons who have escaped from Cuba. Transitional allow-
ances of $100 for families and $60 for individuals are mailed to the
new place of residence for refugees who move to other States. Assist-
ance is available to resettled refugees while sponsors are helping them
obtain employment or in case of illness or other emergencies. The
Federal Government bore 100 percent of the cost of assistance pay-
ments and administration under the Cuban Refugee Program. Of the
total cost of $39,492,000 for the fiscal year, all but $1.5 million was
spent by Florida.
The Bureau planned and helped carry out a series of staffing
and organizational changes designed to strengthen the efficiency of the
Miami Cuban Refugee Center. Put into force by the Florida Depart-
ment of Public Welfare, the changes were: (1) Employment and ori-
entation of approximately 150 new staff members during the 4-month
period ending January 31, 1963; (2) introduction of a caseload man-
agement system to enable workers to plan and organize reviews of
eligibility more efficiently; (3) establishment of a case review unit
to determine whether practice is consistent with eligibility policies;
and (4) organization of a training program. During a 4-month pe-
riod, the Cuban Refugee Center conducted an eligibility review of all
28,000 Cuban refugee cases in the Miami area (including a home visit
to each) and processed 4,700 new applications for assistance.
Administrative Developments
ADMINISTRATION OF FEDERAL GRANTS
During the year, the Bureau approved more than $2.5 billion in
Federal grants for the Nation’s 243 separate public assistance pro-
grams. In addition, $39 million was paid to 37 States for their as-
sistance to Cuban refugees and $412,000 went to 9 States as reimburse-
ment for payments to repatriated U.S. citizens.
The Bureau’s cost of administering these programs and civil de-
fense emergency welfare services was about $4 million for the year.
As fiscal year 1963 ended, the Bureau had 388 employees on duty.
States’ accountability for Federal funds was reviewed and reported
Welfare Administration 69
to the Bureau by the Department’s Division of Grant-in-Aid Audits.
During the year, the Bureau worked on 31 audits in which States
had appealed exceptions to their claims for Federal funds amount-
ing to over $2 million. About two-thirds of these appealed audits,
totaling some $340,000, were submitted to the Commissioner of Wel-
fare for decision, and all but a small proportion of the Department’s
original exceptions were upheld.
Some of the reasons for Federal exceptions to State claims were:
Assistance payments made to other than the grantee or legal guardian,
violations of merit system provisions in employment of welfare agency
staff, and payments from a pooled fund for an individual for whom no
contribution to the fund had been made.
In carrying out the Department’s responsibility for proper and
efficient administration of State public assistance programs, the need
for having a single State agency was pointed out to Illinois when that
State legislature passed a law giving a legislative committee authority
to deviate from maximum limits on payments to AFDC recipients.
After it was pointed out that decisions on assistance payments were
being delegated outside the public assistance agency, the law was
amended to give the committee merely advisory functions.
In Michigan, exclusion from program coverage was questioned in
a law extending AFDC to children of unemployed parents who had
worked in jobs covered by the State unemployment compensation law.
The State was advised that such a plan was not approvable under the
Social Security Act and that Federal financial participation could
not be made available. As the fiscal year ended, the State had not
implemented its new law.
The question of equitable treatment was raised after Colorado pro-
posed making payments to certain recipients of old-age assistance
(OAA) to enable them to subscribe to a supplemental program for
hospital care and physicians’ services. The State’s action resulted
from its constitutional limitation on funds available for medical care
inthe OAA program.
Though the nationwide review of eligibility in the AFDC program
overshadowed the Bureau’s usual administration review activity, re-
ports were published of reviews conducted in 19 States in this or
previous fiscal years. These included special reviews of eligibility
determination in 10 States; tests in 2 States of a new procedure for
reviewing social services; and review of money payments, guardian-
ship, medical care, suitable home, and other special subject areas in
7 States.
In keeping with the national policy of equal employment opportu-
nity, the Bureau notified all State public assistance agencies midway
70 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
through the fiscal year that States receiving grants-in-aid must in
future specifically prohibit discrimination in employment of staff
and provide for appeals where discrimination is alleged. Virtually
all States had responded affirmatively to this notification when the
year ended,
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO STATES
To help States strengthen the administration of public assistance,
the Bureau provided technical assistance on a variety of matters.
Upon request of the Maryland Department of Public Welfare, the
Bureau’s administrative specialists conducted surveys in local agencies
of different size to determine ways of simplifying the casework job.
North Carolina was given consultation on the advisability of using
a centralized automatic data processing system as compared with a
smaller system operated by the State board of public welfare. The
Bureau furnished information to Ohio on the use of administrative
aids, case classification, and workload standards in a special project
to provide intensive casework services in the State’s AFDC program.
Substantial effort was devoted to developing guides and standards
in such areas as administration of welfare agencies, case recording,
and paperwork simplification. Policies and procedures were pre-
pared for States to use in carrying out the fiscal changes resulting from
the 1962 Public Welfare Amendments and in conducting the new
quality control of case actions.
The Bureau also worked on guide materials to help States put into
effect the improved social services. Subjects included ways of deal-
ing with parental neglect of children and suggestions on working with
the sick and disabled.
With the Vocational Rehabilitation Administration the Bureau
drew up procedures for improving coordination of State and local
vocational rehabilitation and public welfare programs. After dis-
cussion with State welfare agencies and law-enforcement officials,
the Bureau developed procedures for locating and obtaining financial
support from absent parents. In response to requests by lay groups
“Yardstick for Need” was published to explain States’ use of stand-
ards and the consideration of resources and income in assessing
financial need.
LIAISON WITH OTHER GROUPS
The Bureau maintained liaison with national public and voluntary
organizations in social welfare and related fields. This made it pos-
sible to share the work of developing new theory and practice, to learn
of developments in other organizations, and to keep national agencies
Welfare Administration 71
and the public informed of the Bureau’s latest activities. For ex-
ample, in the area of aging, Bureau representatives served on sub-
committees of the President’s Council on Aging that dealt with group
residence facilities, budget standards, and protective services.
rari
ail
40 42 44 46 48 50 52 '54 56 ‘58 60 ‘62 '64
NUMBER OF AFDC CHILDREN PER 1,000 POPULATION UNDER AGE I8
} 4 if
) | Wy Te
/} : Ye
6
711-845—64
74 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
An estimated 10,000 of the overall increase were persons authorized
to receive what was generally a small payment under the APTD pro-
gram at the same time they were receiving MAA. An additional 2,000
of the increase resulted from new APTD programs in Arizona and
Indiana, increasing to 52 the total number of programs in States or
other areas. The entire APTD caseload increased by 44,000 over
June 1962, with the June 1963 total standing at 462,000.
There was a rise of 33 percent or 34,000 persons in the MAA pro-
gram. At yearend, 29 States and other areas had MAA programs.
New programs began in the District of Columbia and Vermont. More
than half of all 136,000 recipients in June 1963 lived in 3 States—
California, Massachusetts, and New York.
The OAA program decreased by 38,000 people, or 1.7 percent, con-
tinuing the gradual decline that has been going on since 1954 as a
result of expanding coverage by old-age, survivors, and disability
insurance. Forty-three States were aiding fewer OAA recipients than
they had a year earlier; of this number, 18 States had decreases of
5 percent and over. In the two States with the largest percentage de-
clines, relatively large number of aged persons in nursing homes were
transferred to MAA programs. There were 2,199,000 OAA recipients
in June 1963.
The number of persons receiving aid to the blind decreased by 2,000,
or 2 percent, in June 1963, with 82 States reporting decreases. Proba-
ble reasons for the decline include: Increases in old-age, survivors, and
disability insurance benefits to blind persons; improved sightsaving
efforts; and transfers of recipients or potential recipients to OAA and
MAA. At yearend, there were 98,000 recipients.
HOW MUCH THEY RECEIVED
A total of $4.2 billion from Federal, State, and local sources was
paid to recipients of federally supported public assistance in fiscal year
1963. This was a rise of $340 million, or 9 percent, over fiscal year 1962
and was the result of broadened programs and higher individual
payments in the adult programs in most States. Individual payments
in the AFDC program declined in most States during the year.
Included in total payments were financial assistance paid directly
to recipients and payments to physicians, hospitals, and others for
medical care provided to recipients.
The largest proportional increase for the year was the 53 percent,
or $100 million, rise in payments on behalf of MAA recipients. For
the 29 States that had MAA programs in June 1963, the average
monthly payment per recipient was $195, ranging from $28 in Ken-
tucky to $387 in Illinois.
Welfare Administration 75
Total payments to OAA recipients also rose by $100 million over the
previous year, but the proportional increase was only 5 percent. Na-
tionally, the average monthly payment was $77—an increase of $4 for
the year.
There was an $87 million, or 6-percent, increase in total annual pay-
ments to AFDC recipients, but the national average monthly payment
per recipient declined 62 cents to $31.
Payments under the APTD program rose by $51 million, or 15
percent, for the year, and the average monthly payment rose $3 to
$75.
Payments to recipients of aid to the blind increased $2 million, or 2
percent, and the average monthly payment went from $78 to $81.
A number of States increased individual payments to recipients
to meet rises in living costs. About half the States with maximums
on individual monthly payments in OAA, AB, and APTD raised their
maximums; only a few States took this action in their AFDC pro-
grams. A large number of States made some increase in their cost
standards, which had the effect of raising payments so that need was
more nearly met. Some States that had reduced all payments by a
percentage or flat amount because of lack of funds cut these reduc-
tions, allowing payments to increase.
Most of the above changes occurred in the autumn of 1962, re-
flecting the impact of the 1962 amendments, effective in October.
In addition to federally supported public assistance, States have
general assistance programs which are financed wholly by State or
local funds or a combination of both. Recipients of general assist-
ance usually are persons not eligible for Federal-State public as-
sistance because of age or residence. The Bureau estimates from
reports by most of the States that there were in the Nation about
775,000 recipients of general assistance in June 1963. During the
fiscal year, an estimated total of $282 million was paid to recipients.
New Knowledge About Needy Families
Completion of analysis and release of preliminary findings of an
earlier Bureau survey of the people receiving aid to families with
dependent children (AFDC) gave a revealing look into their lives.
Households supported by AFDC had an average-per-person income
of roughly $408 a year when the survey was made in late 1961. Per
capita income for the United States as a whole then was $2,263.
The average AFDC family consisted of about four persons and the
average need budgeted by States for such a family was $158 a month
for all the necessities of life. Income from all sources for all AFDC
i i A é
OL, 69, 89, 19, 99, 99, ¥9, £9, 29, 19, 09, 6S, 8S, LS, 95, GG, 5, eG, Z25, 1S, 0S, 6b, Bb, Lb, 9b, Sb, bb, Sh 2b, Ib Ob, EF, BE, LE, 9¢6)
rr =e PL Ge ol es a ne es ee fo)
C Se | 002
~ laldy ar. 00+
009
008
000‘!
002"
OOv'|!
009"!
oos'|
000‘2
002'2
j wu0 (Sap 3 Oor'2
| f' les /| | ies 009'2
f= —— } + + o0s‘z
ra =i) f | + = ial ooo'¢
f| ‘
Q39V 3H 4O4 JONVISISSY TvoIGaW — vw or 5
= GNIN8 3HL OL div — av 1 00r'¢
G3718VSIG ATIVLOL GNY ATLNSNVWYad SHL OL Civ — Old i | coe"
| | JONVLSISSVY Tv43N39 — v9 | 4
| FONVLSISSV 3ovV-GI0 — vvo | oos ¢
N3YGTIHD LNSGN3daG HLIM S3MIWV4 OL div — 904V 4 i 000'b
*QN3937 ‘
| | | 002+
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
t 00v'b
+ | + + 009'b
T | iH 7 T T | 008'b
T } = + 000'S
| | al, + 4 o02's
IE | 00's
ul 4 o009's
SGNVSNOHL
3J1VG OL 9€61 ‘YV3A HDVA AO YIGW3DIG GNV INNA ‘WVdDOYd AG SLNAldIDIY JONVLSISSV DIIGNMd JO YIaWNN—Z LYVHD
76
Welfare Administration “rs
families in the study month averaged $139.78, leaving a gap of some
$18 a month per family. The total income of AFDC families in-
cluded assistance payments averaging $112 plus $2 per person for
agency payments to suppliers of medical care. About 45 percent of
the AFDC families had income averaging $60 a month from such
sources as part-time work and support from absent fathers.
Average family assistance payments per month including medical
care ranged from $36.02 in Mississippi to $198.89 in Illinois.
More than two-thirds of the AFDC families lived in towns and
cities of 2,500 population and up. The rate of dependency on AFDC
was highest in the big cities and lowest in the suburbs.
While the average family consisted of four persons (typically a
mother and three children), about 22 percent of the families had six
or more persons.
By race, 49 percent of the families were white, 40 percent Negro, 5
percent other nonwhite (including American Indians), and 6 percent
were of unreported racial origin.
Some 70 percent of all AFDC families lived in rented quarters.
Fully half of all AFDC families lived under crowded conditions.
Nearly half of the families who have received AFDC required this
help for 2 years or less, the study showed. Two-thirds of the re-
cipient families had never received help through AFDC before the
time of their application. One-fifth had been on the rolls in only one
earlier period.
Mothers—and fathers, when they were in the home—were found
by the study to be undereducated and lacking in work experience or
skills. The typical AFDC mother was about 35, had completed less
than 9 years of schooling, and did not work outside her home because
of child-care demands or disability.
More than one-third of the AFDC mothers had not completed ele-
mentary school, compared with less than one-eighth of all women
20-54 years of age in the population. Only 16 percent of the mothers
had completed high school, while 56 percent of women in general
had done so.
Four out of five of the AFDC mothers who had job experience were
unskilled farm and domestic workers.
Of the more than 800,000 mothers living with their families and
helped by AFDC, about 70 percent were not regarded as employable,
most because of child-care responsibilities but some because of dis-
ability. Of the other 30 percent, half were working, most of them
part time.
73 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
MOST JOBLESS FATHERS WERE DROPOUTS
The great majority of the jobless fathers of dependent children
were school dropouts, the study showed. The only work that many
were equipped to do was unskilled labor.
No father was present in almost 78 percent of the 910,000 family
units receiving AFDC at the time of the study. He was present
but incapacitated in about 15 percent of the cases and at home but
unemployed in another 5 percent.
The unemployed AFDC fathers had a median age of about 35.
Incapacitated AFDC fathers were older, with a median age of 47
years. They were disabled mainly by chronic conditions and had
finished an average of 6 years of school.
Only 8 percent of all AFDC fathers had been white-collar em-
ployees, compared with almost 35 percent in this category among all
employed males. Only 7 percent had worked in industry in such
jobs as craftsmen or foremen, compared with 20 percent of all
workingmen.
About one in five of all children born out of wedlock receives
public assistance, according to estimates based upon the survey.
In December 1961, there were approximately 3 million American
children under 18 who had been born out of wedlock. An estimated
21 percent of them were receiving AFDC and another 2 percent were
cared for in institutions or foster homes. In contrast, 3 percent of
all legitimately born children were supported by AFDC.
The vast majority of illegitimate children are supported in full
or in part by their natural or adoptive families. Possibly as many as
70 percent of the white but less than 5 percent of the nonwhite illegit-
imate children are placed for adoption.
Children’s Bureau
The legal base for the Children’s Bureau’s services to the children
of the United States is contained in two acts. Under its basic act
of 1912, the Bureau is charged with investigating and reporting “upon
all matters pertaining to the welfare of children and childlife among
all classes of our people.” The Bureau studies many types of condi-
tions affecting the lives of children, makes recommendations to im-
prove practices in child health and child welfare programs, and helps
establish standards for the care of children.
Under title V of the Social Security Act, as amended, the Bureau
assists the States, through technical and financial aid, in enhancing
and protecting the well-being of many children through child health
and welfare services,
Welfare Administration 79
Stemming from these two acts, but interwoven into one program,
are the purposes of the Children’s Bureau today:
To assemble facts needed to keep the country informed about
children and matters adversely affecting their well-being.
To recommend measures that will advance the wholesome devel-
opment of children and will prevent and treat the ill effects of
adverse conditions.
To give technical assistance to public and voluntary agencies and
to citizens’ groups in improving the conditions of childhood.
To administer the grants appropriated each year under title V
of the Social Security Act to aid in building the health and
welfare of children.
The Bureau’s approach to the problems of children proceeds from
a concern for the child with his family or wherever else he may live.
The interrelationship between the physical, emotional, and social
factors in child growth, child health, and child welfare permeates
all that the Bureau does, and that it stimulates others to do, in research
and action for children.
Some Facts and Figures About Children and Parents
From many sources, the Children’s Bureau gathers the facts and
figures that will help children’s workers and citizens in the United
States know the size of their wealth in children, the extent of con-
ditions that are adverse to them, and the trends in our society affecting
childlife.
In 1962, an estimated 4,167,000 babies were born in the United
States—about 100,000 fewer than in 1961. However, the population
increased by 2.4 million (there were more births than deaths). The
crude birth rate (22.4 per 1,000) is now back at the level existing
before the “baby boom” of 1946.
Our population includes about 66 million children under age 18,
distributed among some 27.5 million families. In 1961, the median
income for these families ranged from $5,905 for those with one child
to $4,745 among the million or so families with six or more children.
The provisional infant mortality rate was the same in 1962 as in
1961—25.3 per 1,000 live births. The U.S. rate occupies 11th place
among advanced countries of the world. The lowest rate, 15.3, was
reported provisionally for 1962 by the Netherlands and Sweden.
Next in order were Norway with 18.9 (1960) ; Finland, 19.2 (1962) ;
and Australia, 19.5 (1961). In the United States, no State had an
infant death rate under 20 per 1,000. The lowest rate in 1961 was that
for Utah, 20.3 per 1,000.
80 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
CHART 3.—MORTALITY RATES FOR INFANTS ARE STILL HIGH
High Risks of the First Day Have Increased Since the Mid-1950’s
70
=> 60
a = .--- NON-WHITE
Ep 66% EXCESS
* ae 82% EXCESS
am t
en ---- WHITE
wu
oo)
=
S ---UNDER 1 DAY 1
im =
F =
a ..-28DAYSTO =
” 11 MONTHS = 2
as
= =z
r= =
re <=
r) iS
to ----1 DAY =
ca >
= TT DAS
> ----3-6 DAYS E
Si S
2 DAYS ;
1942 44 46 48 50 52 5456 58 ~=—s 60
Over the past 4 years, the marriage rate of 8.5 per 1,000 population
and the divorce rate of 2.2 per 1,000 have remained almost steady.
Births out of wedlock continued to increase in numbers and rate
in 1961. The 240,200 illegitimate births in 1961 were 7 percent higher
than illegitimate births in 1960. About 5.6 percent of all live births
in 1961 were out of wedlock, as compared with 5.3 percent in 1960.
The highest rate was for women 25-29 years of age—45 per 1,000
unmarried women. The rate for teenage girls 15-19 years of age
was 16 per 1,000.
The number of working mothers in the United States is approach-
ing 9 million. One out of every three mothers with children under
18 years of age is in the labor force. In March 1962, there were 3.3
million working mothers with children under 6, and 5.5 million with
children 6 to 17. Even the mothers of very young children often
work; one out of five mothers with children under 3 years of age is
in the labor force.
In the year ending June 1961, which was probably a typical year,
there were 169,892,000 acute conditions among children under 15—
or a rate of 297.1 per 100 children—or 3 episodes of acute illness per
year for every child. The incidence of acute conditions among chil-
dren is much higher than that among adults. More than half of all
Welfare Administration 81
CHART 4.—BIRTHS OUT OF WEDLOCK REMAIN A PROBLEM
Estimated Illegitimate Live Births, United States, 1959
Unmarried Female Population, United States, 1960
20-24 YEARS
30.5%
20 YEARS
AND OVER
32%
“15-19 YEARS
38.2%
UNDER
20 YEARS
25-29 YEARS 68%
14.5%
35 YEARS AND OVER
UNDER 15 YEARS 2.1%
acute conditions for children under 15 fell in the category of
respiratory conditions.
One child in every five under the age of 17 had at least one chronic
condition in the year ending June 1961. Hay fever, asthma, other
allergies, sinusitis, bronchitis, and other respiratory diseases accounted
for almost half of these chronic conditions.
Nonwhite children went to the hospital much less frequently than
white children, but, when they did go, they stayed longer. As family
income increased, the rate of hospitalization of children increased,
but the average length of stay decreased. Farm children went to the
hospital much less frequently than their city counterparts but tended
to stay longer.
Beginning in 1949, the indicators of juvenile delinquency—police
arrests of juveniles and juvenile court delinquency cases—have
steadily increased, except for a slight decrease in court cases in 1961.
The increases have been higher generally than increases in the child
population. This means that, in rates as well as numbers, more
juvenile delinquents were being picked up by the police, more were
appearing before courts, and more were being sent to training schools.
The decade from 1950 to 1960 witnessed the continuing trend toward
urbanization in this country. In 1950, 60 percent of the total youth
population (16 through 20 years of age) was living in urban areas;
in 1960, the percentage was 67.
82 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
During the 1960's, the youth population will increase, and 26 million
new young workers will enter the labor force.
Legislative Developments
PUBLIC WELFARE AMENDMENTS OF 1962
In the closing months of the 87th Congress, the public welfare
amendments were passed, and President Kennedy signed the bill on
July 25, 1963, saying, “I have approved a bill which makes possible
the most far-reaching revision of our public welfare program since
it was enacted in 1935.”
The amendments provided for the extension of child welfare services
into all political subdivisions by 1975; for increasing the amount au-
thorized for annual appropriations for child welfare services from
$25 million, in steps of $5 million, to $50 million; for earmarking, up
to $10 million, for day-care services the excess of the child welfare
appropriation above $25 million; and for grants for special projects
to train personnel in the field of child welfare.
MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH AND MENTAL RETARDATION
PLANNING AMENDMENTS OF 1963
The maternal and child health and mental retardation planning
amendments introduced in Congress in February 1963 incorporate five
of the recommendations in the President’s message on “Mental Illness
and Mental Retardation.” In a separate health message, President
Kennedy again stressed the urgency of the maternal and child health
provisions.
The amendments would provide for:
Increasing the authorization for annual appropriations for ma-
ternal and child health services from the present $25 million, in
steps of $5 million, to $50 million by fiscal year 1970.
Similarly increasing the authorization for annual appropriations
for crippled children’s services.
Maternity care to women of high risk and their infants.
Grants for research projects relating to maternal and child health
and crippled children’s services.
These amendments were passed and signed into law on October 24,
1963.
Interdepartmental Committee on Children and Youth
Within the Federal Government, 38 agencies have programs con-
cerned with children or youth. The Interdepartmental Committee on
Children and Youth was established to coordinate related efforts of
Welfare Administration 83
these agencies and to serve as the Government’s liaison with national
organizations and State committees for children and youth. The
Chief of the Children’s Bureau is Acting Chairman of the Committee,
by delegation of the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare,
whoisitsChairman. The Bureau also provides the secretariat for the
Committee.
In this year’s programs, the Interdepartmental Committee focused
on some of the rapid changes in our national life and the impact of
these upon youth. The monthly meetings studied new patterns of
community planning, the population crisis, poverty, the inadequacies
of programs to prepare youth for employment and parenthood, and
the “tertiary society” of large government institutions, labor unions,
and big business with which youth must learn to deal.
A 2-day seminar in May discussed the social and economic pressures
upon youth and the special problems of the school dropouts who lack
sufficient training to make them employable.
The Interdepartmental Committee’s Subcommittee on Transition
from School to Work was particularly active because of the many
developments relating to school dropouts and youth employment and
with its proposal for a National Service Corps.
Because 85,000 young men each year are found ineligible for mili-
tary service for physical or psychiatric reasons, the Interdepartmental
Committee’s Subcommittee on Community Services for Selective Serv-
ice Registrants recommended remedial educational programs for these
rejectees. Public Health Service grants for three pilot demonstration
projects are awaiting official approval.
A Subcommittee on Parent and Family Life Education was created.
The HEW regional offices in Atlanta and San Francisco have estab-
lished Regional Interdepartmental Committees on Children and
Youth.
United Nations International Children’s Fund
(UNICEF)
UNICEF has continued to expand its programs as a result of the
two policy decisions taken at the June 1961 Executive Board meeting.
The first of these broadened the program areas which can be sup-
ported by UNICEF. The effect was noted in increased support for
education and for vocational training. About $2 million was allo-
cated for 21 projects in education, and $500,000 was allocated for 4
projects in vocational training. New long-range commitments for
education amounted to about 19 percent of the total commitments made
at the June 1963 session.
84 Depariment of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
The other policy decision related to the way funds are expended.
As UNICEF is supported by voluntary contributions and a steady
volume of support could not be assured in its early years, the estab-
lished practice had been to use the “full funding” principle when mak-
ing commitments for projects extending beyond 1 year. Thus, funds
were accumulated beyond the amount necessary for current expendi-
tures. With UNICEF firmly established and with a rising income,
the United States pressed for more rapid use of available funds. As
a result, in 1962 UNICEF allocated $44 million and committed an
additional $50 million. This represented an increase of 25 percent in
expenditures. This rate of increase is also expected in 1963. The in-
creased rate of expenditures has permitted the start of new programs
without jeopardizing support for the traditional ones in health and
nutrition.
Mr. Frederick DelliQuadri continued to serve as U.S. representa-
tive on the Executive Board of UNICEF. In March 1963, Dr. Kath-
erine Bain, the Deputy Chief of the Children’s Bureau, was appointed
alternate U.S. representative by the President.
Programs of the Bureau
RESEARCH IN CHILD LIFE
The Bureau’s research staff has a major responsibility in carrying
out the legislative mandate to “investigate and report * * * upon all
matters pertaining to the welfare of children and childlife among all
classes of our people.” In addition to its own studies and cooperating
in joint studies, the Bureau stimulates other agencies to undertake
research in childlife by formulating questions needing study, develop-
ing research methods, and providing technical assistance.
Technical Research
Some of the technical research studies carried on by the Bureau are:
1. Study of Cystic Fibrosis —Studies were continued toward deter-
mining the incidence and prevalence of cystic fibrosis of the pancreas,
conducted in collaboration with the National Vital Statistics Division
and under contract with the National Institute of Allergy and Infec-
tious Diseases.
The first phase of these studies provided national estimates of the
number of hospitalized cases of cystic fibrosis, the number of dis-
charges, and the number of deaths in hospitals resulting from the
disease for each year 1952 through 1957. The second phase investi-
gated on a pilot basis methodological problems connected with sample
surveys of cases known to physicians and clinics and also obtained
Welfare Administration 85
preliminary information on the incidence of the disease and on epi-
demiologic characteristics of the patients in Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, and Vermont. Reports of the first two phases have been
published.
The purpose of the third and final phase of the project is to derive
unbiased age- and sex-specific estimates of the incidence and prey-
alence of the disease for a larger area than the three New England
States. Data on cases seen or treated by physicians or in hospitals
and clinics during the 10-year period 1952-61 were obtained by mail
questionnaire. Of the 6,200 medical sources queried in 17 contiguous
Eastern States and the District of Columbia, almost 95 percent
responded.
The project is to be completed during fiscal year 1965.
2. Families of Mongoloid Children.—A published report of a study
of 50 families of mongoloid children presents in the parents’ own
words “what it meant to them to learn that they had a child with this
lifelong handicap, what they did or failed to do about the child, and
what their ultimate adjustment has been.”
3. Children, Problems, and Services in Child Welfare—tThe first
national study of characteristics of children receiving child welfare
services was undertaken by the Children’s Bureau in 1961 in coopera-
tion with the Child Welfare League of America. The report pub-
lished in 1963 tells (1) what problems are presented by the children
receiving child welfare services from public and voluntary child wel-
fare agencies, and (2) what services these agencies provide for such
children.
4, Report on Child Welfare Services for Unmarried Mothers —A
report on social services provided for unmarried mothers through
public and voluntary child welfare agencies has been published. The
kinds and amounts of service now available to unmarried mothers
through child welfare programs were summarized and the extent of
the need for additional services, especially public services, assessed.
The findings show that only one unmarried mother in six at present
receives service from a child welfare agency.
5. National Survey of Personnel Employed in Public Welfare Pro-
grams—The final report was completed on the public welfare section
of a nationwide survey of social welfare manpower in 1960 conducted
by the Bureau of Labor Statistics under the sponsorship of the Na-
tional Social Welfare Assembly. The public welfare section of the
survey was a joint project of the Bureau of Family Services and the
Children’s Bureau.
Comprehensive information was presented on the characteristics
and working conditions of social welfare personnel in State and local
86 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
public welfare agencies. Findings were analyzed separately for
public assistance and child welfare employees, with a summary con-
cerning all personnel employed in public welfare programs.
6. Parent Education With Low-Income Groups.—There has been
increasing emphasis on the need to help disadvantaged families break
out of the cycle of defeat, despair, and social isolation in which they
are entrapped. This emphasis has been especially strong in the area
of parent education. The objectives of the study have been (1) to
increase knowledge of background factors associated with and result-
ing from poverty, and (2) to explore methods of education for home
and family living with a view to deriving recommendations for pro-
grams and services.
The informal, but extensive, inquiry into ongoing programs in
parent education with low-income families has continued, and reports
are being prepared.
An investigation, based on direct observation of specific programs
and patterns of activity among parent educators working with low-
income families in the District of Columbia, has been launched and
carried through its first phase. The purpose of this investigation is to
assess the techniques and methods employed by practitioners in the
field. Full observation protocols will be assembled, and, on the basis
of these protocols, a report will be prepared.
The results of both the informal inquiry and the field investigation
will provide the background and basis for planning a demonstration
project on parent education among low-income families. "The demon-
stration will have as its aim the testing and evaluating of specific edu-
cational methods and approaches.
Research and Demonstration Grants
Twenty-five child welfare research and demonstration grants, in
the amount of $789,958, were approved during the fiscal year.
Statistical Reports
During the year, the Bureau compiled and published current statis-
tical data on maternal and child health services; crippled children’s
services; mental retardation clinics; child welfare services, personnel,
and expenditures; adoption; day care; juvenile courts; and institu-
tions for delinquent children.
Research Interpretation
The Bureau’s most popular publication for parents, Znfant Care,
was published in its completely rewritten 11th edition.
A fact sheet, presenting adoption statistics in simple language, was
prepared for publication.
Welfare Administration 37
Bulletins and special listings of research relating to children were
distributed by the Clearinghouse for Research in Child Life.
MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH SERVICES
All States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Is-
lands, and Guam received Federal funds to improve services for pro-
moting the health of mothers and children.
Maternal and child health programs continued to broaden and
expand. During 1962, 280,000 expectant mothers were provided with
medical, prenatal, and postnatal clinic services—4 percent less than
in 1961. Medical and hospital care were provided 42,000 mothers
who had complications of pregnancy—20 percent more than in 1961.
CHART 5.—MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH SERVICES ARE REACHING MORE PEOPLE
‘ateoscange
700 - OTHER CHILDREN SERVED
BY WELL CHILD CONFERENCES
"=" INFANTS SERVED BY
THOUSANDS
ae WELL CHILD CONFERENCES
300
200 — acs age
= ee MOTHERS SERVED
SUOSs MOTHERS ATTENDING ~ Beneh cane SERVICE
PRENATAL CLINICS
0 ——_+_+—"“+
1947 1949 1951 1953 1955 1957 1959 1961
There were sizable increases in 1962 over 1961 in the numbers of
children screened under school health programs: 7,503,000 children
were screened for visual defects (an increase of nearly 432,000) ;
4,789,000 were screened for hearing defects (an increase of 401,000
children) ; and 3,132,000 were screened for dental needs (an increase
of 59,000). There were, however, fewer children examined by physi-
cians under school health programs: 2,441,000 in 1962 compared to
2,446,000 in 1961.
838 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Record numbers of immunizations were provided under State pro-
grams. Some 4,227,000 children were immunized against diphtheria,
2,686,000 against whooping cough, 4,594,000 against tetanus, 2,926,000
against smallpox, and 6,162,000 against poliomyelitis.
General health supervision, or well-child conference services, were
provided for 1,506,000 babies and preschool children (a decrease from
1961). Nurses gave a hand to the mothers of 2,948,000 through home
visits.
Mental Retardation Services in Maternal and Child Health Programs
Major staff effort has again been expended in improving services to
mentally retarded children through better integration of programs for
children.
The special clinics for mentally retarded, supported by the maternal
and child health programs, served approximately 25,000 children and
their families in 1962. Despite this increase in the total number
served, the requests for these services continued to mount—since 1958,
there has been a 145-percent increase in applications that could not
be served in the year in which they applied and which must be added
to a waiting list.
The pattern in the majority of States has been to start with the pro-
vision of comprehensive interdisciplinary services to the mentally re-
tarded through diagnostic and evaluation clinics, usually at one center.
In many places now, the trend is toward extension of service from a
medical center clinic to satellite clinics in local health departments
(asin California) or with regionalization of clinics.
West Virginia in 1961 began with a central “developmental and
evaluation clinic” whose patients came from one city or county area.
Now plans are underway to establish regional clinics and to have
special sessions for mentally retarded children. Urine testing for
phenylketonuria (PKU) is carried out in well-child conferences,
pediatric clinics, and during home visits of public health nurses.
Virginia began its services to mentally retarded children with three
clinics located in Richmond, Arlington, and Norfolk. In a reorgani-
zation, the Richmond clinic at the Medical College of Virginia is to
become the master clinic where training of professional personnel as
well as direct services will be available. The Arlington clinic is ex-
tending its services to include a day-care program for children 2-8
years of age.
The Maryland State Health Department has embarked on an im-
portant expansion of community services for mental retardation made
possible by a State appropriation of $264,132.
Joint activities with States to find young infants with PKU
Welfare Administration 89
to get affected babies under treatment early, and to follow them
to obtain facts regarding the results of therapy have continued.
The “Guthrie inhibition assay,” a test designed to screen infants be-
fore they leave the newborn nursery, was field tested to determine its
effectiveness. Results from screening 240,000 infants confirmed 24
cases of phenylketonuria by August 1963. These infants all came
from families in which there was no known retardation or previous
case of PICU.
Genetics
Recognition of the importance of genetics to health is evidenced by
the popularity of short courses on genetics for physicians, by the prom-
inence given to genetic aspects of disease in medical journals, the in-
terest in genetic counseling, and the paucity of services. In recent
years, the most rapid progress in genetics has been made in the fields
of biochemical genetics and cytogenetics, knowledge of which are of
fundamental significance to the health of children and families.
In the advance guard which is attempting to incorporate genetic
knowledge into maternal and child health programs are: Minnesota
State Department of Health with its new human genetics unit; the
New York State Department of Health which is paying the salary of
a geneticist on the faculty of Albany Medical College who will make
family studies and offer genetic counseling ; the Connecticut State De-
partment of Health with a twin register and a geneticist studying
cystic fibrosis; New York City’s Health Department with its multiple
birth register; the California School of Public Health with its course
in genetics; and the University of Michigan with a geneticist who will
study the families of children in the area Child Amputee Center at
Grand Rapids.
Maternity Care
Awareness and concern regarding gaps in services and unmet needs
of maternity patients has been growing. The needs are so overwhelm-
ing that communities are unable to provide necessary public maternity
care as evidenced by reports of lack of prenatal care from various
cities:
In Atlanta’s Grady Hospital, 23 percent of the women delivered
there had no prenatal care.
In Dallas, approximately one-third of low-income patients re-
ceived no prenatal care.
In Los Angeles County Hospital, 20 percent had no prenatal care.
In D.C. General Hospital, 45 percent had no prenatal care.
In the Bedford Stuyvesant section of Brooklyn, N.Y., 41 percent
had little or none.
711-845—64——_7
90 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Fourteen State maternal and child health programs in State health
departments provide some hospitalization for maternity patients.
Special studies and projects and planning for services are continuing,
but their execution is hampered by lack of funds.
The most urgent problem in maternity care is that of providing
comprehensive services to the many women in large urban areas who
are dependent on public resources. Present resources of public agen-
cies, including personnel, facilities, and funds, are inadequate to meet
the demand for medical care which is required by an increasing num-
ber and proportion of low-income families in central cities.
Studies show that many women in urban areas have no or little
prenatal care. Because of crowded public hospitals, these women
may be sent home 1, 2, or 3 days after delivery. Incidence of pre-
maturity among them, with its accompanying high mortality and dis-
ability, is much above the national average and contributes to the
rising infant mortality rate of large cities.
Pediatric Clinics
Trends toward provision of “total” pediatric care are emerging,
especially in areas of tremendous unmet needs, such as in West Vir-
ginia, which has established a regional diagnostic center in Mercer
County. Plans are underway to start a second center in the Hunting-
ton area. The program to provide total care for the child includes
a pediatric clinic, a public health dental program, consultation from
medical specialists and allied disciplines (speech and hearing, etc.),
laboratory studies and diagnostic procedures, hospitalization, therapy,
followup care, etc. Children with any medical condition are eligible.
CRIPPLED CHILDREN’S SERVICES
All States (except Arizona), the District of Columbia, Puerto
Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam participated in the crippled chil-
dren’s program during fiscal year 1963.
A total of 385,000 children received care under the crippled chil-
dren’s program in 1962, about 13,000 more than in 1961. Of these,
140,000 were receiving services for the first time. Averaging a little
more than 2 visits each, 289,000 children came to clinics. More than
86,000 children were seen by physicians during office and home visits.
More than 65,000 children received hospital inpatient care in 1962
with an average length of stay of 21 days.
A little over 3,400 children received convalescent care, totaling over
299,000 days of such care.
The number of children with congenital heart disease receiving
care under the States’ crippled children’s programs increased from
Welfare Administration 91
CHART 6.—CHILDREN SERVED IN THE CRIPPLED CHILDREN’S PROGRAM, 1937-61
400
350
wo
=]
o
250
200
150
number of children (in thousands)
TZ Jepun QooT sed ajze1
1937 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61
some 2,200 in 1950 to about 23,000 in 1962. The cost of care for
children with congenital heart disease is high, averaging $2,500 per
case.
Speech and Hearing Defects
In 1962, 44 State health departments tested the hearing of 4,556,696
children, and 97,661 who appeared to have medically significant losses
were referred for further evaluation and treatment. State crippled
children’s agencies reported giving services to 25,592 children with
hearing impairments and to 18,660 children with cleft lip or palate
in 1962.
The growth of the programs represents a trend toward extending a
broader range of services. Some State programs that have been lim-
ited to hearing testing are beginning to provide treatment services,
both medical and nonmedical. Some States that have previously not
promoted hearing testing programs are now doing so.
There are inadequate services available for children with com-
munication problems stemming from subtle neurological impairments.
The gap in services can be attributed, for the most part, to lack of
trained specialists. The Children’s Bureau supported a workshop
held at St. Christopher’s Hospital in Philadelphia for speech and
92 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
hearing specialists on the subject of communication problems asso-
ciated with cerebral dysfunction.
Cystic Fibrosis
Beginning in the New England area and spreading west and south,
21 States now provide services for cystic fibrotic children through
their State crippled children’s programs; in 5 of these States, pro-
grams are just now being organized. Five other States have no
formal cystic fibrosis program but offer some services to a limited
number of selected cases. In all, about 1,570 children have received
some help for the condition through their State program.
Physical Therapy
A trend to decentralize direct physical therapy patient care to local
health departments and district offices is emerging. On the local
level, the city or city-county physical therapists provide care for all
age groups. On the district level, the physical therapists usually
provide direct care only for crippled children. On the State level,
physical therapists are employed as consultants for the various di-
visions and programs. One result of decentralization is closer super-
vision of patient care by the physical therapists.
State crippled children’s agencies are continuing to expand their
programs to include children with cystic fibrosis, neurological impair-
ments, multiple malformations, mental retardation, and asthma. This
expansion has resulted in a marked change in the diagnostic groups
referred for physical therapy services, and there has been a change in
the physical therapy procedures used as well as an increase in the
frequency of physical therapy supervision of patient care.
CHILD WELFARE SERVICES
All States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Is-
lands, and Guam received Federal funds to improve child welfare
services.
It is estimated that 583,100 children were served by public and
voluntary child welfare agencies and institutions in the United States
on March 31, 1962, a rise of nearly 6 percent over the number of chil-
dren served 1 year earlier. Of the total number of children served,
378,400, or 65 percent, were served primarily by public agencies; and
204,700, or 35 percent, were served primarily by voluntary agencies.
Of all children served by public and voluntary child welfare agen-
cies and institutions, 40 percent were living in homes of parents or
relatives or in independent living arrangements, 30 percent in foster-
family homes, 18 percent in institutions, 10 percent in adoptive homes,
Welfare Administration 93
CHART 7.—CHILD WELFARE AGENCIES PROVIDE SERVICES FOR CHILDREN, 1962
TOTAL
VOUNTARY
AGENCIES
IN OWN
HOMES
\| PUBLIC
AGENCIES
IN FOSTER
FAMILY HOMES
IN
INSTITUTIONS
IN ADOPTIVE
HOMES
ELSEWHERE
0 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 600,000
and the remaining 2 percent were elsewhere (as in temporary shel-
ters, hospitals, or boarding schools).
Approximately 8,725 persons were employed in full-time profes-
sional positions in the child welfare programs of State and local pub-
lic welfare agencies on June 30, 1962. Even though this is a rise of 7
percent over the number employed a year earlier, all States are hay-
ing difficulty in obtaining and retaining staff adequate either in num-
bers or in educational background.
Implementation of the 1962 Public Welfare Amendments
The most far-reaching legislative changes in public child welfare
programs, since passage of the Social Security Act in 1935, were made
by the 1962 amendments.
Tremendous interest was evidenced in this Federal legislation by
the States. While the delay in congressional action on appropria-
tions (until May 1963) prevented some States from moving rapidly
on new programing, many reviewed their current program strengths
and gaps and identified specific legislative or administrative steps
needed to implement the Federal legislation.
Under the training-grants provision, $64,697 was awarded for
teaching grants, $130,010 for scholarships, and $4,424 for short-term
training.
In spite of the delay in appropriations, 31 States had day-care serv-
ice plans in operation by June 30, 1963.
94 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
i ee
Day-Care Services
Planning for day-care services has gained momentum, and there is
activity in almost every State.
Within the past year, five States have obtained day-care licensing
laws, leaving only four States with no provision for licensing day-
care facilities. However, in a few States, the licensing authority is’
being challenged. In many States, the law is not comprehensive and
leaves many children unprotected.
Although funds were not appropriated until late in the fiscal year,
eight States provided for establishing day-care facilities under public
agency auspices. A number of States have appointed advisory com-
mittees for day care.
A serious problem facing public welfare departments is the lack
of staff trained to provide day-care services.
Homemaker Services
At the request of the Committee on New and Expanded Services
of the President’s Committee on the Status of Women, the Children’s
Bureau helped to prepare a background paper on homemaker services.
Because of the many requests for a National Conference on Home-
maker Services, plans were initiated for a national conference in 1964,
Washington, Idaho, Illinois, Nebraska, and Minnesota included, for
the first time, the provision of homemaker services under the auspices
of the public child welfare agency in their fiscal year child welfare
services plans.
Abused Child
Attention was given in fiscal year 1963 to the needs of the severely
abused child and how the Bureau might offer leadership in developing
protective measures.
Two groups—composed of social workers, physicians, attorneys,
judges, hospital administrators, roentgenologists, medical school per-
sonnel, law-enforcement officials, and law-school personnel—met with
Bureau staff in January and May 1962. These groups urged the Chil-
dren’s Bureau to develop model State legislation requiring reporting
of the abuse of children.
In cooperation with the Office of the General Counsel, a draft guide
was prepared and sent out for wide review. The States were sent
the suggested legislative language which requires that all cases of sus-
pected child abuse be reported to the appropriate police authority by
the doctor who sees the child.
As an additional step toward better understanding the nature of
this problem, the Bureau approved a grant for a research study of
25 families in which parents are known to have abused their children.
Welfare Administration 95
Emphasis will be on discovering common denominators among these
families which may partially explain their sick behavior and on learn-
ing more about what kinds of services are needed to protect these
defenseless children.
Mental Retardation Services in the Child Welfare Program
Recent activities within State welfare departments, national welfare
organizations, and schools of social work reflect a stimulating impact
on program development stemming from the work of the President’s
Panel on Mental Retardation and the President’s message on “Mental
Illness and Mental Retardation.” States are recognizing the need for
interagency cooperation and for more refined studies and surveys of
available resources and unmet needs. Technical assistance has been
provided to States in the development of standards for residential
and day-care facilities for retarded children and to voluntary agencies
in formulating special research and demonstration projects.
The American Public Welfare Association has established a subcom-
mittee on mental retardation to develop a position statement on wel-
fare’s role.
A Community Day Care Services Act was enacted by the 1961
Wisconsin Legislature to provide services for mentally retarded,
emotionally disturbed, and epileptic children, usually between the
ages of 4 and 16 years.
A 2-day seminar for faculty representing eight schools of social
work in New York and adjacent States was held in February 1963
under the sponsorship of the Children’s Bureau and the Association
for the Help of Retarded Children.
Unmarried Mothers
Services for unmarried mothers continue to be insufficient. Only
about one-sixth of the unmarried mothers receive services from
public and voluntary child welfare agencies. In some cities, newly
organized or reorganized public services and citizens’ committees are
trying to alleviate the problem of lack of services, and States are
making progress in increasing services.
A serious lack continues in services to Negro unmarried mothers.
Child Welfare Report No. 12, Social Services for Unmarried Mothers
and Their Children Provided Through Public and Voluntary Child
Welfare Agencies, showed that three-fourths of the total mothers
served were white and one-fourth were nonwhite, usually Negro. On
the other hand, only a little more than one-third of all reported births
out of wedlock are to white mothers. The report also showed serious
problems in the provision of medical care to unmarried mothers. As
96 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
an overall estimate, 6,500 unmarried mothers were served on a single
day throughout the country.
The American Medical Association in March 1963 sponsored a meet-
ing of national medical organizations, the American Bar Association,
the Child Welfare League of America, and the Children’s Bureau on
services to unmarried mothers. The American College of Obstetri-
cians and Gynecologists has developed a draft statement concerning
cooperative work among the professions in respect to services to un-
married mothers.
Adoption
The number of adoptions increased—the figure going from an esti-
mate of 107,000 in 1960 to 114,000 in 1961. The preliminary estimate
for the year 1962 is about the same as for 1961. Nevertheless, many
agencies in all parts of the country have reported a decrease in the
number of adoptive applicants. A variety of reasons have been given:
Advances in the study of infertility; early marriages and more “natu-
ral” children; publicity about agencies’ rigid requirements; unstable
world conditions. The Children’s Bureau awarded a grant to the
Child Welfare League of America to study this apparent decline in
adoptive applicants.
Homes for minority groups, handicapped children, older children,
or those in family groups remain hard to find. The process of adop-
tive placement takes longer for these children.
Adoption is being increasingly recognized as a child welfare func-
tion of interdisciplinary interest. A meeting was held in Texas in
regard to adoption and unmarried parenthood and was attended by
representatives of State medical societies, attorneys representing bar
associations, nurses, and others. They came from all parts of the State
and discussed the complexity of adoption as well as plans and methods
for alleviating illegitimacy.
Intercountry adoptions have declined in number. The reason is
not known.
Foster Family and Group Care of Children
Chicago, Baltimore, New York, Philadelphia, the District of Co-
lumbia, and other large cities have reported a critical shortage of
foster families for neglected and dependent Negro and Puerto Rican
children. Abandoned, but healthy, infants are kept in municipal
hospitals. Outmoded public institutional care has been reestablished
for infants, toddlers, and preschool children. Adoptive homes are
not being made available.
Public welfare officials in these cities are appealing to their legisla-
tive bodies for increased staff to find foster and adoptive homes and
Welfare Administration 97
for increased funds to reimburse foster families for their expenditures
in behalf of foster children. Many public welfare departments limit
their reimbursement to about $50 to $75 a month, which is less than the
foster parents spend for the child.
More services for adolescents are urgently needed, especially for
homeless, disturbed, retarded, and delinquent adolescents. In June
1963, the California Governor’s Advisory Committee on Children and
Youth recommended development under public auspices of “pro-
fessional group foster homes for adolescent court wards 16 years of
age and over.” In Colorado, the State department of public welfare
has recently helped seven county welfare departments develop small
group care facilities for adolescents. New York, Florida, Texas,
Washington, and Utah are now operating such public facilities, and
at least 20 other States have reported plans for similar facilities to
be operated by voluntary or public child welfare agencies.
Providing public welfare services for emotionally disturbed chil-
dren has become increasingly difficult because of the shortage of
public and voluntary child guidance clinics, family and child counsel-
ing services, specialized foster families for disturbed children, inade-
quate State mental hospital care for children, and high costs of care.
Various efforts are being made to meet these needs. Maryland, New
York, Ohio, Texas, and other States have increased their public wel-
fare appropriations to help parents shoulder the heavy costs of private
residential treatment ($15 to $25 daily) for their disturbed child.
Public child welfare agencies purchasing care have asked for fuller
accounting by institutions of their costs and services. This, in turn,
has stimulated widespread interest in uniform cost-accounting meth-
ods for institutions. The California State Department of Public
Welfare has contracted with the Child Welfare League of America to
make the services of a technical consultant available to California
children’s institutions wishing to undertake standardized cost-analysis
studies. The Children’s Bureau and the Child Welfare League of
America are cosponsoring a 3-year project aimed at developing nation-
wide use of a uniform cost-accounting method for institutions. The
Bureau and the League are cooperating with the California State
Department of Public Welfare in developing similar uniform cost-
accounting methods for agencies providing foster-family and adoption
services.
Children of Migratory Workers
Day care is still one of the most needed child welfare services for
the migrant group. According to the report of the hearings in April
1963 of the Senate Subcommittee on Migratory Labor, there are
93 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
approximately 100,000 to 150,000 children under age 14 in migrant
families. Often the oldest of these children works with parents in
the fields. The next oldest often stays at home and cares for the
toddlers and infants.
The report concludes, “Children of migratory farmworkers should
be provided better care and protection while their parents are at
work in the fields. The Federal Government should stimulate estab-
lishment and maintenance of day-care facilities for children of mi-
gratory agricultural workers by making financial assistance available
for this purpose to States.”
Unaccompanied Cuban Refugee Children
Since the regular commercial flights from Havana were stopped
on October 23, 1962, there has been a very gradual decrease from the
peak of 4,098 unaccompanied Cuban refugee children in care on Sep-
tember 30, 1962. Neither unaccompanied children nor the parents
of children already in care have been able to come to the United States
in significant numbers.
By May 31, 1963, a total of 8,057 unaccompanied Cuban children
had been provided foster care, either in foster-family homes or in
children’s institutions. Fifty-five percent of these children had been
discharged from care, the great majority having been reunited with
parents or close relatives. The 3,621 children remaining under care
on May 31, 1963, were in 109 communities in 39 States, the District
of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. Sixty-three percent were boys, 69
percent were teenagers, and only 15 percent were under 11 years
of age.
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY SERVICES
National interest and concern in the problem of juvenile delinquency
are reflected in the numerous and varied requests received by the
Bureau for information, technical assistance, and consultation from
a great variety of sources such as training personnel from police or-
ganizations, researchers and professors, staff from national organiza-
tions and State agencies. During the year, these requests were not
limited to the United States but also came from such distant areas
as Turkey, Japan, and Australia. The range of subjects of con-
sultation was equally broad, ranging from glue sniffing to police
procedures.
Roughly 1.5 to 2 million children “get into trouble with the law”
each year. Of these, more than 1 million are arrested, and about
half of those arrested are referred for delinquent behavior to the
courts.
Welfare Administration 99
CHART 8.—TRENDS IN JUVENILE COURT DELINQUENCY CASES AND CHILD POPULATION
10 TO 17 YEARS OF AGE, 1940-61
500 >
DELINQUENCY CASES (including traffic)
DELINQUENCY CASES
(excluding traffic)
1
30,000
\
|
|
!
7 |
|
'
{
720,000
SCN Ses eae eee |
|
|
DELINQUENCY CASES (in thousands)
CHILD POPULATION (10-17 years of age)
|
1
H
\
!
|
|
|
|
I
|
CHILD POPULATION 10-17 YEARS OF AGE (in thousands)
100 t + —}—_______—___}-_—__ 10,000
1940 1945 1950 1955 1960
Although in 1961, for the first time since 1948, there was a slight
overall decrease in the number of juvenile delinquency cases referred
to juvenile courts, the number of such cases handled by urban juvenile
courts continued to increase—by 2 percent.
Boys are referred to juvenile courts for delinquency more than four
times as often as girls, and they are referred for considerably different
offenses than girls, as indicated by reports from large-city courts.
More than half of the offenses committed by girls were for conduct
which characterizes juvenile misbehavior but which is not ordinarily
considered a crime—runaway, truancy, curfew, and ungovernable be-
havior. On the other hand, almost half of the offenses of boys were
against property—larceny, auto theft, vandalism, robbery, and
burglary.
Approximately 39,000 children were living in public training
schools for delinquent children on June 30,1962. This is an 8-percent
increase over 1958, with increases occurring in every region in the
country.
An estimated $121 million was spent during the fiscal year 1962 by
public institutions for delinquents. The average annual per capita
100 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
operating expenditure for caring for a child was $2,625, with con-
siderable variation among individual institutions and among different
regions.
Training-school staff turnover continues to be high. About one-
fifth of all employees left their jobs in 1962; the majority of these
were treatment and educational personnel.
Structural Integration of Services
The trend toward the structural integration of State services for
delinquent children continues. A new department of family and
children’s services was established in Georgia to administer the gen-
eral child welfare program, the training schools, as well as other
State services for delinquent children. In Ohio a new State com-
mission has been patterned after the “Youth Authority” concept.
This new department will have responsibility for services to delinquent
children only.
Services for delinquent children are not generally the primary re-
sponsibility of a single State or local agency. Although training
schools for delinquent children are administered at the State level,
there is a great variety of patterns in the States’ structures. In less
than one-third of the States, they are administered by the welfare
departments; and in the balance of the States, they are administered
by independent boards, departments of institutions, departments of
education, departments of corrections, etc. An even greater diffusion
of responsibility exists with aftercare supervision (parole). With
few exceptions, most of the other services and facilities for delinquent
children are under local administration.
The trend of establishing governmental planning units for youth
services at municipal and metropolitan levels continues. Some of the
local ad hoc youth committees created to apply for grants funds
available under the Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Offenses Con-
trol Act of 1961 may eventually evolve into youth commissions.
School Dropouts and Youth Unemployment
National concern regarding school dropouts and youth unemploy-
ment resulted in a number of short-term courses being designed to
assist school personnel. In several sections of the country, teachers
and school guidance counselors were offered training designed (1)
to understand and to assist the culturally deprived; (2) to gain knowl-
edge of the problems facing employers and employment service
personnel; (3) to recognize the basis for the decisions that adolescents
make which determine their attitudes and behavior; (4) to assist
them in using the school as a cultural matrix for the rehabilitation
Welfare Administration 101
of delinquents; and (5) to acquaint them with the agency and organi-
zational resources of the community and State.
Short-Term Training
The emphasis placed on short-term training and the support of
these programs by the President’s Committee on Juvenile Delinquency
and Youth Crime resulted in more and more educators and practi-
tioners asking: For what levels of competence should personnel be
prepared? How can extension courses or undergraduate programs be
enriched to help meet the need for personnel? What percent need to
have professional training—and how can this training be improved ?
While such questions drew academicians and practitioners closer,
the problems of communication remained. The development of core
curriculum materials by interdisciplinary faculty proceeded slowly.
Police Work With Children
Over 6,000 copies of the standard-setting Police Work With Chil-
dren were distributed throughout the United States, as well as to a
large number of police in foreign countries. Individual requests for
copies are increasing. Several police training institutes located at
academic centers have indicated extensive use of the publication.
YOUTH DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
The Youth Development Unit, in the Office of the Chief, functions
as a technical assistance arm of the President’s Committee on Juvenile
Delinquency and Youth Crime. Functions of the Unit are to expand
further, with emphasis on youth, the already established activities
of the Bureau and to assist in implementing the provisions of the
Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Offenses Control Act of 1961 (Pub-
lic Law 87-274).
Grants for planning youth development programs were made to
7 communities in 1963, bringing the total to 16. Thirty-eight grants
for training personnel were made, making a total of 63.
The ongoing, and as yet unmet, needs of the Nation’s youth con-
tinue to be focused around employment, education, job training, and
recreation. National economic trends reflected in the growing dollar
gap between average income and the income of the poorest citizens
aggravate these conditions and underscore the need for intensive ac-
tion to combat the effects of poverty and cultural deprivation on the
development of youth.
INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES
International Research
The program of cooperative research with other countries made pos-
sible by the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
102 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
of 1954, as amended, through use of counterpart funds has moved
forward slowly. Although the Congress did not appropriate funds
for 1963, funds remained available under the 1962 appropriation.
The five projects approved in 1962—three in maternal and child
health, one in juvenile delinquency, and one in child welfare—are
underway. In addition, a study of institutionalized delinquent youth
in Israel is underway.
Visits were made by Children’s Bureau staff to India, Yugoslavia,
and Egypt to explain the cooperative research program, review proj-
ect proposals, and provide consultation on research design.
International Training
The Children’s Bureau carried responsibility for developing and
implementing the training programs of 54 foreign professional stu-
dents from 23 countries during fiscal year 1963—11 fewer students
than in 1962. Policy changes within countries and in the Agency
for International Development, the agency responsible for financing
the programs of the majority of the students, accounted for much
of the decrease.
Requests for training in the health field still predominate, continu-
ing a trend that has been evident for several years. During the year,
32 physicians, 6 nurses, and a physical therapist followed programs
in maternal and child health and pediatrics; the major interest of 9
was child welfare; and 5 were interested in juvenile delinquency.
The students continued to represent countries all over the world,
with the largest proportion coming, as they have for recent years,
from the newly developing countries.
Foreign visitors who participated in short-term programs (from 1
hour to several weeks) totaled 229. They came from 60 countries.
Some of these visitors had a single interest, limited time, and wished
only consultation relating to a specific problem with a Bureau special-
ist. Many, however, were interested in all aspects of the Bureau’s
work and wanted to visit local agencies also.
The fiscal year 1963 has been a year of movement in the Bureaw’s
programs. Major changes occurring during the year broadened the
scope of Bureau programs and increased their potential for effective
services to children.
Among these, three were of great importance: The enactment of the
1962 amendments to title V of the Social Security Act; the formation
of the Welfare Administration within the Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare; and the mounting nationwide emphasis on
mental retardation.
In addition, the Bureau’s activities highlighted certain efforts to
meet special needs. The continuing population mobility and the shift
Welfare Administration 103
to more urban areas brought new and increased needs for services to
children and their families. The mounting needs of mothers and
children for health services were of major concern to State and city
health departments. More mothers in low-income families continued
to work; more children needed day-care services; and more families,
homemaker services. Services for mentally retarded children were
in short supply and inadequate to meet increased demands.
The importance of the prevention of school dropouts continued, and
education and employment for the young have been of increasing
concern to the Department and to the Bureau.
Citizens, Federal, State, and local public and voluntary organiza-
tions were continuing to work together to find new and better ways
of advancing the well-being of all the Nation’s children. All of these
developments held great promise for advancements in children’s
services.
Cuban Refugee Program
During the 414 years since the Castro regime came to power in
Cuba, on January 1, 1959, the United States has become the haven for
large numbers of Cuban refugees. This has represented the first time
in history that our Nation has served as a country of first asylum.
In previous refugee programs, the refugees were screened in Euro-
pean camps and carefully selected and processed for immigration to
the United States. A place of residence and a job awaited the refugee
on his arrival in this country. The Cubans, however, simply came—
by commercial airline when they could obtain permission to leave, il-
legally by small boat when they could not. And the United States
found itself a country of first asylum—a situation well known to
Western European and other countries.
The first refugees to flee from Cuba early in 1959 were the political
and business elite; these were few in number. As the activities of
the Cuban government began to affect the society as a whole, and as
the Communist character of the regime became increasingly clear,
other groups joined the exodus. For more than 2 years, every so-
cloeconomic group on the island has been significantly represented in
the refugee stream.
The vast majority of the refugees have had to sacrifice everything
in order to leave Cuba. They have arrived in the United States—
usually in Miami, Fla.—with only the clothes on their backs, a few
changes of undergarments, and no money.
By late 1960, it was clear that many of the more than 30,000 refugees
who were in the Miami area were in desperate economic straits. State
104. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
and local officials, the public schools, churches, and voluntary organi-
zations had done a splendid job of welcoming and aiding the refugees,
but the growing numbers had exceeded their capacity for effective
help.
It was against this background that President Eisenhower took
initial emergency steps to deal wth the situation in November 1960 and
President Kennedy formally established the Cuban Refugee Program
in February 1961.
The program has two basic objectives: (1) To provide necessary
health, educational, and welfare assistance to Cuban refugees in the
United States, primarily in Miami; and (2) to arrange for the re-
settlement of the refugees from Miami to other parts of the Nation
where they will have opportunities to become self-supporting, to put
their skills to use, and to build new lives for themselves and their
children during exile from their homeland.
As it has developed, the program provides the following: Financial
assistance and health services to needy refugees in Miami and the
surrounding area of Dade County; funds to cover 50 percent of the
costs incurred by the Dade County public schools in accommodating
the refugee children; funds to enable the Dade County public schools
to provide English instruction and vocational courses designed to
increase the potential of refugee adults for resettlement and employ-
ment; the cost of foster care of refugee children who have come to
the United States unaccompanied by parents or relatives; and loans
to needy Cuban college students in the United States.
The fullest possible use of existing agencies has been made to carry
out various aspects of the refugee program. For example, the Bureau
of Family Services and the Children’s Bureau, units of the Welfare
Administration, have major operating responsibility for the financial
assistance and unaccompanied children’s programs. The Office of
Education is concerned with assistance to the Dade County public
schools and with loans to Cuban college students, and the Public
Health Service provides overall supervision of the program of medical
care for needy refugees. State and local welfare departments also
cooperate in the refugee program, as do many other public and
voluntary agencies.
The resettlement program is carried out by four national voluntary
agencies working under contract with the Federal Government:
Catholic Relief Services of the National Catholic Welfare Conference;
Church World Service of the National Council of Churches (Protes-
tant) ; United HIAS Service of the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society ;
and the International Rescue Committee ( nonsectarian). The Cuban
Refugee Program provides funds to cover the following: A portion
Welfare Administration 105
of the administrative expenses of these agencies; transportation costs
of refugees to the city of resettlement; and, for refugees who are
receiving public assistance in Miami at the time of resettlement, a
transition allowance of $100 for a family or $60 for a single person.
If a resettled refugee should require financial assistance because of
loss of job or severe medical expenses, public assistance is made avail-
able in the city of resettlement through the local office of the State
or county welfare department which is then reimbursed from Fed-
eral funds. The assistance to needy Cuban refugees is based on the
same standards of need as apply to American citizens.
Developments During 1963
A major change in the refugee situation occurred on October 23,
1962, when all commercial air flights from Cuba to the United States
were suspended by the Castro government following the President’s
public statement on missiles in Cuba. As a result, the arrival of new
refugees declined markedly, and continued resettlement operations
led to the first decrease in Miami’s refugee population in over 4 years.
Between October 23, 1962, and June 30, 1963, resettlements away
from Miami exceeded new arrivals there by about 10,000 persons.
By the end of fiscal 1963, a total of 166,323 refugees had registered
at the Cuban Refugee Center in Miami. Of these, 62,488 had been
resettled—in more than 1,600 communities in every State, the Dis-
trict of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands, and several foreign countries.
Registrations during the year amounted to 41,357 refugees, as com-
pared with 95,338 during fiscal] 1962. Resettlements totaled 32,255, as
compared with 30, 233 during fiscal 1962. The proportion of the total
caseload resettled rose from 25.8 percent at the end of fiscal 1962 to
37.6 percent at the end of fiscal 1963.
New Directions for 1964
Despite the success of the resettlement program to date, the fact that
approximately 60,000 refugees in Miami required public assistance in
June 1963 because of the lack of job opportunities indicates the task
remaining.
During the first half of fiscal 1964, a comprehensive study is ex-
pected to be completed of the characteristics of the refugees receiving
public assistance in Miami in relation to their potential for resettle-
ment. The information will be recorded on punchcards for auto-
matic data-processing equipment.
711-845—64——8
106 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
This study will provide an analysis of the problems which must
be resolved in order to complete the resettlement of the refugees. It
will provide the resettlement agencies with information which will
enable them to identify and deal first with those cases where there is
no obstacle to resettlement, to handle individually those cases having
special problems, and to determine immediately those resettleable
refugees who meet the occupational and other requirements of specific
resettlement opportunities.
By enabling the resettlement agencies to deal systematically with
the refugees who are receiving public assistance in Miami, this study
will fulfill two important needs: (1) These are the refugees who most
urgently require resettlement; and (2) this is the most immediate and
effective way of reducing Federal expenditures for the assistance
program.
Office of Aging
Fiscal year 1963 was a period of change and development, of sub-
stantial accomplishments, and of great promise. Some major im-
provements were recorded in the status of the elderly, and at the
end of the year there was evidence of a new national regard and a
clearer focus on the needs and situation of older Americans,
The Office of Aging began this year as the Special Staff on Aging
in the Office of the Secretary. On January 28, 1963, the Special
Staff officially became the Office of Aging within the new Welfare
Administration.
This relocation was to strengthen the operating potential of the
Office, but in no way to limit or affect adversely its broad responsibil-
ity, concern, and activity for the well-being of all older men and
women in the Nation.
Mission and Responsibilities
There are today nearly 18 million Americans past the age of 65.
They make up a greatly varied group. It includes men and women
just reaching 65 and some 12,000 others who have passed their 100th
birthday. Within these ages, it includes the well and the ill, the inde-
pendent and the dependent, the well-to-do and the poor, the college
graduate and the untaught, the highly skilled and the average.
The Office of Aging is interested in all of them and in all their inter-
ests—their health, their housing, their incomes and employment oppor-
tunities, their education, recreation, and participation in community
life, their role and status. It seeks to strengthen and extend existing
Welfare Administration 107
services, to develop new knowledge, to stimulate new programs, and
to inform the general public of the needs, and the elderly of the serv-
ices available to them.
How Does It Do These Things?
More than half of all Federal programs for the aging are centered
in the agencies of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
The Office of Aging acts as coordinator for all of these Department
activities.
The Office cooperates also with other Federal agencies having pro-
grams in aging.
In specialty areas, the Office of Aging works with the Federal
agency assigned major responsibility in a field—to make certain that
the needs of the elderly are included in its general program and that
necessary special services or opportunities are provided. Where there
is a combination or overlapping of services, the Office of Aging serves
as coordinator. It has special competency of its own in the areas of
State and community organization, leisure-time activity, preretire-
ment preparation, and development of education and training in social
gerontology.
The Office has a specialist in aging as a regional representative on
aging in each of the nine regional offices of the Department. Through
these representatives and through its Washington professional stafi,
it provides consultative and technical assistance to States, communi-
ties, organizations, and individuals. It is the Federal contact point
for State commissions on aging, for national and local voluntary
agencies, and for colleges, universities, and other educational institu-
tions with regard to programs in gerontology.
It provides background information on effective methods of com-
munity action and organization so that other communities may follow
or adapt successful patterns. It develops guides for training courses
for persons working in administrative and service capacities with
older people. It assists in initiation of adult educational opportunities
for older people; aids business, labor, and education in developing pre-
retirement counseling.
It develops statistics of importance in aging; analyzes trends; pre-
pares bibliographies and reference lists; contributes to the literature
and reviews current publications in the field; sponsors an annual
national conference of State executives on aging, cosponsors other
National, regional, and State meetings, seminars, institutes, and work-
shops; provides major speakers for national and international con-
ferences. It serves the President, his Cabinet, and the Congress in
work on legislation, staffing studies, message content; serves the Presi-
108 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
dent’s Council on Aging and the Secretary’s Panel of Consultants on
Aging as a source of resource personnel; publishes a monthly news-
magazine and a number of series publications; and answers hundreds
of queries each month.
In short, it is the focal point on aging within the Department.
Highlights of the Year
Two major events of the year were the special message on needs
of the elderly sent to the Congress by President Kennedy on February
22, the first such message by a President, and the proclamation of May
as National Senior Citizens Month.
The Office of Aging participated in development of policy and
legislative recommendations, provided technical information, and
served as coordinator. It spearheaded departmental participation in
the nationwide observance of the special month.
Both the special message and the proclamation aroused national
interest in the needs and situations of older people and placed in per-
spective their value as a resource of experience, skills, and wisdom.
Stronger State Ties
Relationships with State commissions on aging were strengthened
by a 3-day conference with 150 representatives of these agencies in
Washington in April, by increased consultation, assistance to them
in developing State and regional meetings, and by the development
and dissemination of new publications and informational materials.
At the end of the 1963 fiscal year, 38 States, Puerto Rico, and the
Virgin Islands had permanent State commissions on aging and 6
additional States had temporary but active State commissions. There
was more action at the local community level on behalf of the elderly
in 1963 than heretofore. There were more than 800 local councils on
aging in existence and continuing efforts were being made by State
executives on aging to stimulate interest in creation of additional com-
munity-based units. For example, in Indiana the State Commission
on Aging is seeking to increase the number of county commissions on
aging from its present 33 to 92—1 in each county of the State. This
same objective is shared by many other States.
Departmental Committee
The Office of Aging provides direction and staff assistance to the
Departmental Committee on Aging. This Committee brings together
representatives of all programs in aging in the Welfare Administra-
Welfare Administration 109
tion, the Public Health Service, the Social Security Administration,
the Office of Education, Vocational Rehabilitation Administration,
Saint Elizabeths Hospital, and the Food and Drug Administration.
The Committee was particularly active in promoting observances
of Senior Citizens Month and in developing of background papers
for a meeting of the Secretary’s Panel of Consultants late in June.
New Publications
In an effort to meet the increasing number of requests for informa-
tion and assistance, the Office initiated three new publication series
in 1963. These were: Facts on Aging—statistical leaflets on varied
subjects; Selected Teferences on Aging—brief, annotated bibliog-
raphies; and Highlights of Legislation—reports on the introduction
and progress of Federal and State legislation of importance to older
people.
The earlier Patterns for Progress series, case histories of a wide
variety of effective community projects for older people reported in
sufficient detail to enable other communities to adapt them to their
use in establishing similar projects, was continued with publication
of Case Study No. 15, the story of Hodson Day Center, pioneer multi-
purpose activity center in New York City.
Aging, the Office’s monthly newsmagazine, published its 100th issue
in February 1963. Several special theme-centered issues were pub-
lished, notably the May 1963 issue on Senior Citizen Month and the
June 1963 special issue on employment opportunities. Circulation at
the end of the fiscal year had increased to more than 10,000 and in-
cluded subscribers in every State and 23 foreign countries.
Increased Emphasis on Education and Training
Because there is a critical shortage of trained—and even of un-
trained—personnel in this field, the Office of Aging placed major em-
phasis upon development of training programs and the establishment
of university courses and institutes of gerontology.
To make possible better preparation for future researchers, teachers,
administrative and service staff, it worked directly with universities,
colleges, and professional schools which have research and training
in aging to assist them in expansion of their programs. The Office of
Aging also developed curriculum and program guides for those wish-
ing to develop courses in gerontology. Thirty universities were
assisted during the year.
110 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Work With Voluntary Organizations
Marked progress was made during the year in establishing liaison
with religious and voluntary organizations. Stimulation and assist-
ance to church groups and theological schools were given special at-
tention. At the end of the year, a kit of materials on The Older
Person and Organized Religion was in process of production to assist
theological schools, ministerial associations, and individual ministers
and churches to move in this important area.
Consultation and discussion were held with approximately 75 lay
groups including women’s clubs, men’s and women’s service clubs,
professional groups, and health and welfare associations, all of which
have programs in the field of aging.
Meeting of Panel of Consultants
The Office of Aging gave direction and staff assistance to a meeting
late in June of the Secretary’s Panel of Consultants on Aging. The
Panel discussed six major policy questions affecting Department pro-
grams for the aging: Implementation of a possible grants program;
criteria for group residential housing; development of protective
services; the problem of relative responsibility; manpower and train-
ing needs; and the responsibility of community health and welfare
agencies in establishing and maintaining adequate health and safety
standards in housing for the elderly.
Cooperative Relationships
The work of the Office as coordinator of the Departmental
Committee has already been described.
In addition, participation of the Washington staff in departmental
groups and in task force projects of the President’s Council increased
during the year, major service being rendered on group residential
housing, homemaker services, preretirement training, and activity
centers.
During the year, the Office prepared text and design for the Council
publication of a unique booklet, Homes for the A ged in Sweden Offer
Ideas for Americans.
A closer relationship with the Bureau of Family Services during
the year made it possible for the Office to assist in promotion of services
under new welfare provisions.
Cooperative arrangements with the Public Health Service, the Of-
fice of Education, and the Department of Agriculture in development
of information material were entered into during the year.
Welfare Administration 111
Highlights in the Field
The nine regional representatives of the Office of Aging are special-
ists in aging who serve as first contact point and source of assistance
for State commissions on aging and institutions and organizations
within their regional jurisdiction. They implement a two-way flow
of information between Washington and the field.
During fiscal 1963, two interesting publications grew out of regional
activity: A Pilot Survey of Personnel and Training Needs in the
Field of Aging, developed by the regional representative of Region IV
(in collaboration with the head, Department of Sociology, Univer-
sity of Tennessee) ; and 7'he Hole of Education in the Field of Aging,
a report of a Maryland Commission on Aging conference sponsored by
the Office of Aging and the Office of Education. The Maryland meet-
ing was one of several such jointly sponsored conferences on the role
of education.
More than a thousand requests for consultation and technical help
were answered by the regional representatives in 1963. In addition,
they attended or took part in some 100 meetings, seminars, institutes,
and conferences.
Outstanding regional projects underway during the year included:
@ A traveling seminar in gerontology, reaching 13 universities
of the Denver region.
@ Service by Regional Representative of the Kansas City region
in aconcerted services housing program.
© Cooperation in development of a model recreational activity
center in the Dallas region.
@ Initiation of a radio series on aging in cooperation with Emory
University by the Regional Representative in the Atlanta
region.
@ Assistance in organizing the Maryland educational conference
by the Regional Representative of the Charlottesville region.
@ Initiation of State and regional meetings in aging by New
York, Boston, Chicago, and San Francisco Regional Repre-
sentatives.
The Future
At the end of fiscal 1963, the Office of Aging was completing a pilot
checklist useful to communities in evaluating both services and gaps
in their programs for older people and was working with the Office of
the Commissioner of Welfare and the Housing and Home Finance
Agency toward initiation of a cooperative program of services for the
elderly in public housing.
112 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
The volume of mail and telephone queries had so increased by the
end of the year that the Office’s reference library and public inquiries
personnel were giving service to from 800 to 1,000 persons per month.
It is the increased national interest reflected in these queries that
has led the Office to plan publications directly addressed to older indi-
viduals, and to make a beginning in development of subject matter
informational kits to assist in meeting requests. And it is this in-
creased interest also which the Office—believing in the elderly as a
resource as well as a responsibility—sees as the real highlight of the
year.
Office of Juvenile Delinquency. and
Youth Development
The Office of Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Development was
set up January 28, 1963, with the establishment of the Welfare
Administration, to administer the Juvenile Delinquency and Youth
Offenses Control Act of 1961.
The act authorizes $10 million a year for 3 years, to be made avail-
able for demonstration and evaluation projects, and training person-
nel, and for technical assistance services. The act was passed to help
local communities stem the rising tide of juvenile delinquency and to
meet the great shortages of trained personnel working with youth.
The Office of Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Development, work-
ing closely with the President’s Committee on Juvenile Delinquency
and Youth Crime, has viewed delinquency as a multifaceted problem.
Unemployment, school dropouts, poor housing, family breakdown,
racial discrimination are all closely related to delinquency.
These problems are especially serious in the slum areas of our large
cities. It is in these areas, therefore, that the Office of Juvenile
Delinquency and Youth Development has concentrated its efforts.
However, rural areas have not been neglected. During fiscal years
1962 and 1963, 16 communities have received grants to develop demon-
stration projects to give those young people from deprived areas an
opportunity to lead useful, constructive lives.
These grants were awarded to communities judged to have the
capacity for developing innovative programs and able to meet the
basic criteria of (a) comprehensiveness in scope of planning; (0) wide
involvement of important local groups such as public and private
agencies, universities, and neighborhood leadership; (¢) financial
commitment; (d) transferability to other areas; and (e) built-in
Welfare Administration 113
evaluation. These communities have gathered staffs competent in
research and program planning to develop integrated programs of
social action and social services.
Three of these communities—New York’s lower East Side, Cleve-
land, and New Haven—are now engaged in large-scale action pro-
grams to deal with these problems and to coordinate the activities
of governmental and voluntary organizations which deal with children
and youth.
The other communities given grants are in the process of mobilizing
their resources and developing new youth services. They are defining
their youth problems, planning new programs, and providing a means
of evaluating the success or failure of these programs. These com-
munities are now completing this preparatory phase for demonstration
projects.
Closely connected to the demonstration project efforts are the train-
ing projects being supported under the act. The training program
is seeking to help fill the shortages of trained workers by improving
both the quality and quantity of training, by building new knowledge,
and by organizing and communicating more effectively the knowledge
that is currently available.
To date, 12 grants have been made to establish university-based
training centers for a wide variety of professions working with youth,
27 grants for curriculum development, and 24 for short-term work-
shops and institutes.
Technical assistance services provided by the Office of Juvenile
Delinquency and Youth Development have been geared to help com-
munities and institutions to design and carry out these programs.
The Office has supplied intensive consultation to all communities
which have received grants, as well as to numerous communities
which have requested assistance, but which could not be given grants.
In providing consultation, the Office works closely with the Youth
Development Unit of the Children’s Bureau, the Delinquency Unit
of the Office of Education, the President’s Committee on Juvenile
Delinquency, the Departments of Labor and Justice, and other Fed-
eral organizations having programs concerned with youth.
A bill to extend the Juvenile Delinquency Act is currently before
Congress. The new legislation request a 3-year extension in order
to achieve an orderly completion of at least six to eight major demon-
stration projects in a variety of communities, each designed on the
basis that a complex problem like delinquency requires a compre-
hensive, coordinated community approach.
114
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
—_— ————————————eeeeeeeeeSSSSESEEEEEEESEeESESESESESESSESFSFSFSesseF
Table 1.—Public assistance: Recipients under Federal-State programs, by
program and State, June 1963
Medical Aid to the | Aid to fami-
Old-age assistance Aid to permanently lies with
assistance for the the blind and totally | dependent
aged disabled children !
Wiad ties se Ie = meee BC 2, 198, 896 98, 390 461, 537 3, 934, 542
106, 158 1, 702 13, 583 91, 484
LET a) eee ee 104.)...325 3 4,459
i bes Sy i eae ee, 858 1, 821 41, 146
57. 260 1,989 8. 849 27.085
263. 845 12, 333 33. 500 357, 695
49. 803 }j23%% sees = 266 5. 848 455
8. 707 295 6, 512 49, 092
LOO | ie Sees ar 283 436 8. 835
2.719 185 2.929 19, 061
MOLTOLL |S eeee er re 2, 580 14, 713 105, 236
O20 tate see) Et 3, 087 25, 541 61, 416
156 7 ae 906
1,144 83 1.016 13 524
5. 224 130 2. 426 9. 631
62 042 2.775 28, 081 263 127
23 999 1. 801 245 48 380
30. 067 1, 285 935 43.150
24. 572 540 4.316 28. 299
53.418 2. 371 9.217 78. 865
oe te een ete 128, 099 2, 797 18, 209 97, 796
Sa ap oe popes aise» aa A 11, 228 409 2.378 22. 000
Sidese eet SS east ee 9. 34 413 6.613 59. 373
ar anes 56, 425 2, 222 10, 708 78. 212
Oe, ee a ae 50. 851 1,671 6, 780 128. 487
Minnesota... 215 2 See es 43, 634 1,035 3.104 42 705
M deeliprl + ioe 76, 558 3, 154 15, 346 80 8°98
Missouri__..__ 105, 738 4, 664 14, 786 103 064
Montana--___ 5,77 266 1, 255 7,050
Nebraska____ 12, 860 71 2.197 13 534
Nevada s. erica hen te 2, 556 164 Jovereo. cee 4,915
New; Wampshire__.._.-.2<......- 4,591 260 516 4, 223
New Jersey__.--__- 18’ 460) ee ee 960 7. 988 90 111
New Mexico-.. OP SAR eee tee 348 3 195 30. 187
New York.22. 2-2 56 705 3. 227 35 108 433, 616
North Carolina____ Ne BD | Pie na ie 5, 109 21, 854 117. 451
North Dakota____- = 5.740 84 1, 280 6.776
ORio 22 8 = BAD hee ce ed 3.440 17.744 153 644
Oklahoma___ fa 83 672 1, 706 11, 802 70 813
Oreron 752-2 15. 006 402 4,990 31. 299
Pérnsylivania tees.) 155. f35 os 48, 164 17, 860 19, 254 337, 694
Puerto Rico 34, 292 1, 607 21, 824 217, 875
Rhode Island 6. O56 2 ee et 105 2. 576 21, 349
South Carolina 7.104 1, 691 8 329 33, 519
South Dakota 002 En a ea 137 1.097 10 212
Tennessee 47. 87: 2.370 12. 133 79. 200
TD 3: Cp Repti, pap diletit , sehta p52, 96t | JN . ape al Ai 5,078 8. 454 79.678
LT Ving eel PRR a! PT Ee I 5, 463 17 4,645 18 881
enaLNylt ween cones eee _ Seas 5, 440 110 961 4,904
Wars nisisrds. 200 Bos Was 492 15 92 1, 032
(916i els SA ce eS TRUELY LIE ryt i (See i gD 1,140 6, 445 44, 223
Washington 25 Le cM es 34, 547 661 17,152 42 808
WES Vireiiias 3 oi 2 te oN 871 6, 749 130 668
Wisconsin... - thine S154 837 5, 342 43 277
Wi Oningoee 2: Steere. STE 54 586 3, 222
1 Ineludes as recipients the children and 1 or both parents or 1 caretaker relative other than a parent in
families in which the requirements of such adults were considered in determining the amount of assistance,
2 Program in operation but no payments made in June 1963.
Welfare Administration 115
Table 2.—Public assistance: Average payments to recipients under Federal-
State programs, by program and State, June 1963
Medical Aid to the Aid to
State Old-age assistance Aid to permanently | families with
assistance for the aged the blind and totally | dependent
disabled children
WO) Re $77. 05 $195. 22 $81. 72 $74. 80 $30. 95
Alabama 67. 67 257. 93 48. 03 45. 69 11. 62
Alaska_--.---- 84x81. |2 Set Foe LSE el pe Se 34. 35
(Arizona_= =.=. 62.63. losezeseeeeee 72. 89 68. 21 29. 06
Arkansas. 66. 33 63. 89 69. 92 58. 75 17. 92
California 106. 89 285.15 126, 21 108. 44 43. 69
Colorado 103:.72,)| 3 22.85 ce 101. 31 73. 33 36. 68
Connecticut. -_- 83. 54 248. 55 121.79 64. 75 44. 60
Delaware O2a81.|..3-862.288_ 5... 75. 54 72.14 22. 45
District of Columbia 113. 72 345. 48 72. 80 77. 98 32. 47
CRISS Se ee 6305: |-4-298.8.....- 67. 22 69.13 16. 66
02 ee 64.87 |-2-088.8.-.=-. 58, 82 58. 21 23. 33
Guam__--- 30. 42 2. 54 1 24, 08 12.70
Hawaii____-- 66. 73 260. 15 123. 83 117. 66 34. 33
Tdaho....... 72.18 143. 65 69. 78 55. 66 40.95
Tinois_-.-.. 86.14 387. 26 93. 85 97. 51 43. 58
diana... 0. G4, | Se 8 79.77 93. 39 27.81
Bowe. ....- Ue il ef oe 100. 60 80. 99 37. 03
Kansas____-- 80) 93] 2 Oat ew 91. 50 97.12 36. 39
Kentucky 60.10 27.71 69. 01 72. 24 24.79
Louisiana 83. 72 169. 55 81. 29 57. 46 22. 82
Maine...-- 79. 66 273. 48 82. 40 90. 84 29. 82
Maryland-_ 71. 93 38. 84 70. 00 70. 00 31. 88
Massachusetts... 83. 28 176.15 136. 95 131. 89 43. 20
Michigan..__-.-- 79.15 339, 16 95. 44 114. 93 36. 66
Minnesota 209) 23) 25 ee Ba 115. 29 61.12 47. 40
Mississippi-_--- 35; 20. |S 255 Fe 37.98 34, 23 8.91
issouri_-__-- (igi) et oe 2 ees 70. 00 67. 64 24. 32
Montana_-_-__-_ 68.37 [25 28 28 eet. 77. 76 75.71 33. 71
Nebraska... 81.87 |-c Ab ASR... 100.18 81. 46 29. 96
Np ad Gee one 2 Oe 88:99) |-S002 Se. 2 BA Bae ae ae Sale 29. 80
New Hampshire.__-----_-------- 100. 48 115. 40 105. 85 112. 23 40. 48
Nryulersey! fos. 22 | 2sae3-- 96:00} See Sele 86. 08 94. 25 47.07
Ife cd Wha fe ae CU Se: See ae 93. 50 91. 47 33 74
Rewiy Ork=> wie... 1bel.- 86. 88 269. 41 104. 84 116. 34 41. 38
Worth: Caroling 2.2 ~-.-1~22: 22. 57525 ij o2 ees eS 62. 24 67. 7. 23. 27
Worth, Dakota jz........1.c2c-i1. 90. 52 219. 56 80. 98 111.99 41. 54
nie ee Ss 84850} 3 Ue Ee 81. 92 79.99 29. 90
OrIshoma ss see 2... 1-122 ae 91. 74 190. 28 115. 45 105. 00 34 14
On ee - SE Se oe 84. 35 154. 79 92. 42 91. 69 37. 53
Pennsyivaniaied =~ -.-{20s_28. 77.16 254. 36 74. 45 63. 68 27. 46
PMIOEGO MiCGes ese. SPELL E LL 9. 29 32. 33 8. 37 8. 67 3. 69
minlode Tslandees os. .--80L_822 83106" | 22880 e+. 87. 42 88. 09 39 37
South Carolina = 55. 68 205. 84 68. 29 57. 74 17. 07
Ue DEG Cr, i a a 81.62: Fee Be. 65. 75 66. 92 34. 85
CEG TS 5_- | See 48. 31 71.01 48, 33 47.54 18. 66
LOG ee 4 7 2 10, 24 | 2845 225 68. 66 57. 50 18. 69
UU See eee ST ee oe 69.17 127.11 77.74 72 32. 64
Mermiontsoee en 2. be et 83. 20 336. 76 67.11 67. 96 30. 28
Margin telandeet 2.206
17, 757
7, 980
501
27, 691. | $6 080, 617 |. Lee
Washington). se ee. eo 2 82, 626 46, 813
Weost Vitpiniay == ea een 56, 770
SWSco nist ee ee eres 64, 040 35, 647 |__
Wyoming Se aie na 4, 676
Aid to
families
with
dependent
children
#1, 425, 876
12, 462
13, 724
116, 160
Aid to the
blind
Aid to the
totally
disabled
7,349
12, 276
5, 402
14, 570
Welfare Administration
117
Table 4.—Public assistance: Aid to families with dependent children, unem-
ployed-parent segment, recipients and average payment, June 1963, and
total payments, by State, fiscal year 1963
Average Total pay-
State Recipients payment ments, fiscal
June 1963 June 1963 | year 1963 (in
thousands)
ory eerste ee oe ee 300, 552 $28. 89 $108, 856
ee? Soe a ee ee ee (1) (1) 2
Monnecticut! 202.1) _..-. 12,097 29.25 4,324
ielaweare...2222402.4..- 2 1, 434 22.35 503
HER ee SS 2,212 28. 63 719
LS SY ae 53, 818 40.34 27, 949
Maryland . =.2)2.2.2+<.- 2, 584 28. 39 1,278
Massachusetts 2, 388 39. 41 1, 139
ew York... /.._. 78,007 30. 03 27,009
North Carolina 41 (2) let
PERSONA Q 25sec 178 27. 69 65
Mreconetr =. 0529S 3, 606 38. 53 1, 453
Pennsylvania_--_.-_..-. 72, 374 21.22 22, 728
Rhode Island_---------- 2,978 33.35 1, 086
CG ae TS ae 4,472 20. 65 832
Beaestay ire iriineeee wee Ae. SUP Pet | ee A esd 64, 363 26. 10 19, 756
1 Program in operation but no payments made in June 1963.
2 Average payment not computed on fewer than 50 recipients.
Table 5.—Public assistance: Aid to families with dependent children receiving
foster care, number of children and average payments per child, June 1963,
and total payments fiscal year 1963, by State
State
Riche ES. 2 8 it A eh 2 ae ee
Vitginiads ..) 222
West Virginia____-
Rnaietsi see Seer eee -. 2 EA BOP... Oe ee Sd SY
Number of
children
receiving
foster care,
June 1963
1 Average payment not computed on fewer than 50 children.
2 Less than $500.
Average
payment
per child,
June 1963
$66. 97
()
Total
payments,
fiscal year
1963 (in
thousands)
(?)
118 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Table 6.—Public assistance: Federal grants to States, by program, fiscal year
Medical Aid to the | Aid to fam-
State Total Old-age assistance | Aid to the |permanently| ilies with
assistance for the aged blind and totally | dependent
isabled children
Total-Sses-ss-- $2, 671, 271, 192 |$1, 342, 633. 266 |$138, 778, 317 |$48, 869, 630 |$239, 059, 697 |$901, 930, 282
BNA RINGS os cannes 83, 614.170 65, 876, 819 422, 425 749, 924 5, 732,180 | 10, 832, 822
Alaska tee 2. bo =-, 2, 009, 390 825,040 05 eae en §9, 473 .|- = eon eee 1,124, 877
Arizona__..-.--22.8s._ 18, 891, 622 Mp BOG 810 | ta cen ea 554, 180 673,017 | 10,308,115
Arkansas__----------- 42, 610, 319 31, 986, 766 899,185 | 1,142,700 4,170,197 4,411, 471
California__..._----___ 319, 219. 531 169,579,128 | 25,950,927 | 7,407,378 | 18.048,458 | 98, 233.640
@olormdo.. __. 2.42... 44,124, 552 80.395, 404 foe ees 150, 581 3, 439, 266 10, 139, 301
Connecticut___--_---- 28, 021, 114 6, 020. 547 6, 840, 880 173, 480 2,5°9,598 | 12,416,609
Delaware... 22-52 3, 025, 354 588,058) == ee 164, 960 254, 397 2, 017, 039
District of Columbia__ 9, 203, 863 1, 995. 641 100, 000 114, 203 1, 803, 671 5, 190, 348
Mlorida..s-- 4.7.2.2" 68, 187, 785 $0), 412, 400 eo nee 1, 441, 775 8,391,035 | 17,942,545
Georgia sao feos, .- 76, 529, 730 47, 237, 044 |--_---------- 1,606,939 | 13,388,720 | 14,297, 027
ua... .... -o8.25-- 138, 824 29, 480 10, 389 921 16, 366 81, 668
Howat... eee 6, 141, 559 707, 174 803, 889 60, 991 618, 034 3,951, 471
foaho.-...--2-02 oe 9, 221, 380 3, 431, 805 1,557, 011 81, 973 1, 369, 388 2, 781, 203
Tinois.... 138, 750, 793 42, 317. 513 1, 966, 161 1,686,300 | 16, 352, 659 76, 428, 160
Indiana-.- 27, 718, 304 14,441 0870) 23-2 cess 1, 130, 702 158,963 | 11,987, 602
Towa... 22 33, 448, 462 pa NV Sat Wy Sl ape ea eee 809, 731 537,316 | 10,897,242
Kansas. ---- 28, 361, 389 17,\998; 380;| Sieben ee 339, 807 2, 665, 333 7, 452, 869
Kentucky-- 55, 795, 691 28, 756, 895 808, 889 1, 463, 364 5, 551, 769 19, 214, 774
Louisiana 128, 391, 600 94, 43054144) 2 oe anne 1, 768, 866 | 10,255,573 | 21,936, 747
Main i. - nase scene 15, 788, 643 7, 520,077 472, 042 254, 869 1, 495, 011 6, 046, 644
Maryland --_---- 26, 140. 147 5, 529, 851 1, 677, 824 236, 610 3, 713, 751 14, 982, 111
Massachusetts__ 90, 982, 966 38, 354,430 | 23, 791, 220 1, 332, 407 6, 769, 561 20, 735, 348
Michigan_---_--_ 79, 121, 192 31, 028, 546 11, 132,172 959, 322 3, 612, 861 32, 388, 291
Minuesota__ 44, 157, 560 30, 040, 078 650. 258 1, 646, 798 11, 820, 426
Mississippi_ 42, 068, 711 27, 843. 470 1, 231, 755 5,144, 522 7, 848. 964
Missouri. 93, 781, 252 59, 351, 522 2, 356, 398 8, 347.153 | 23,726,179
Mentana 6, 485, 474 8, 473, Al 183, 845 811, 649 2, 016, 369
Nebrask: 13. 912, 628 8, 636, 659 423, 041 1, 270, 155 3, 582, 773
Nevada__- 3, 031, 354 1, 687, 488 108, 017,,)....2- eee 1, 235, 849
New Hampshire-_-_---- 4, 842, 220 3, 219. 280 156, 404 346, 148 1, 098. 307
New Jersey___-------_ 39, 257, 713 11, 945, 891 578, 488 4,618,495 | 22,114. 839
New Mexico__ 18, 770, 157 7, 909, 340 233, 029 2,045, 607 8. 582.161
NewiyYork#2_5..._._.- 216, 608, 622 38. 427, 380 47, 930, 829 2,135, 488.) 21,025,873 | 107. 089, 052
North Carolina___-__- 63, 986, 207 23, 396, 579 |-..---------- 2,905.146 | 13,018,868 | 24, 65, 614
North Dakota-_------ 9,141, 927 4,501,911 1, 738, 032 61, 623 860, 605 1, 999. 756
Ohigt a= ..- 3-5 ----| 102,801,854 53, 1900830 ih 5 ene 2, 226, 321 9,904,550 | 37. 471.153
Oklahoma__ =ome 92. 002. 354 62. 475, 195 1, 052, 890 1, 083, 546 7, 348, 787 | 20,041,936
Oregon )2-4 25 naked 22, 038, 415 LO, 620,945 Ase. eee 208, 955 2, 946, 676 8, 562, 439
Pennsylvania___--_-.- 128, 447, 981 29, 109, 520 5, 283,794 | 3,123.380 | 10,368,364 | 80, 562, 923
Puerto Rico. <2. 52_- 9, 533, 275 2, 087, 594 358, 322 101, 929 1, 398, 053 5, 607,377
Rhode Island_-_-_---- 11, 377, 463 a OS ene ee 78, 381 1, 621, 4€9 5. 563, 600
South Carolina______- 24, 494, 443 12, 982, 732 1,126, 109 919, 863 4, 044, 853 5. 420. 886
South Dakota__-____- 9, 281, 411 5, G55, O98 wt. 2 oe 92, 005 672, 513 2, 860, 895
‘Tennessee -_ -_-_-- =... 46, 306, 640 23. 061, 752 803, 041 1, 148, 312 5, 543, 297 15, 750, 238
MexaS. os004 aahse 159, 170, 975 186,842,876 oo 2, 923, 509 4, 247, 698 15, 146, 895
Utah. -s ce... 12, 843, 613 3, 621, 372 1, 436. 804 106, 084 2, 708, 867 4, 970, 486
Vermont____---- 1 A 6, 129, 102 3, 896, 169 194, 352 65, 591 567, 306 1, 405, 684
Virgin Islands_---__-- 315, 019 133, 475 21, 384 4,071 22, 554 133, 635
Warginia ...._ 1.0223... 22, 763, 716 B10, DOS mes mamomtahe 697, 823 3, 896,166 | 10,294,164
Washington _-_-------- 49, 534, 956 28, 869, 412 1, 643, 547 395, 658 6, 344, 637 | 12,281, 702
West Virginia_-_ 43, 648, 602 7, 559, 595 734, 118 415, 535 3, 158, 539 31, 780, 815
Wisconsin -__--_ 36, 057, 552 20700; 205. |aaeacenaneces 529, 147 3, 194, 921 11, 633, 216
Wivomingis, oo 2. Sk 3, 021, 616 13785; 469; 42-225 sogset. 34, 572 337, 450 864, 125
1 Based on cash advanced for the year; may differ slightly from fiscal year expenditures from Federal
funds reported by the States.
ee a ee See
Welfare Administration
119
Table 7.—Public assistance: Selected fiscal data relating to payments, fiscal
year 1963
Expenditures for assistance
payments from Stateand | Percent of
local funds, fiscal year | assistance
Average 1963 payments
State per capita from Fed-
income, era] funds,
1962 Per $1,000 fiscal year
Per inhab- of personal 1963
itant income,
1962
$2, 366 $8. 7: $3.77 60. 4
1, 567 7.47 4.74 76.3
2, 667 4, 86 1.84 61.4
2, 097 4.18 2. 07 73.9
1,504 6. 65 4.50 77 5
2, 898 18. 84 6.75 46.9
2, 370 18 25 7.95 55.4
3, 089 9. 73 3. 23 49.4
3, 102 2. 26 74 72.1
3,219 7.00 2.21 60.5
2,044 3. 65 1.85 76.0
1,759 5.10 2.93 77.4
(?) 1. 64 (?) 50.0
2, 403 5.69 2. 61 56.1
1,941 6. 46 3. 40 65. 8
2, 844 12.29 4.30 49.3
2, 350 2. 75 a6 67.4
2,189 7.04 3. 22 62.6
2, 188 7. 82 3. 59 60.5
1,712 5.45 3. 20 76. 2
1,705 12.73 7. 64 74. 0
1,917 6.17 3.15 72.1
2, 683 4.15 1.59 64.3
2, 769 15. 96 5. 80 50.0
2, 416 7. 32 3. 08 55.4
2, 236 11. 08 4. 96 52.5
BV REsRIGtI ree ae See oe AE ee 1, 285 3.77 2.99 82.1
VRC ee ee. oe eS eee. 2, 384 8. 82 3. 67 70.4
A ee ee eee 2,207 4.39 1.98 66 0
OSES DEVS Seo) es 3 ee 2.270 4. 49 1.95 67.1
NP Te SSS OE ee ae ee 3, 278 4, 42 1.52 62.8
ENowmeriamnenine tee 2. ee Ree 2, 206 6.13 2. 76 55.0
BN GLU O OF ie Vena amet no ee ee 8 2, 887 6. 06 2.18 48.2
SMG wr 2 oe a ee 1, 824 6. 97 3. 81 714
RECT Gig SS ee a 2,930 11. 92 4.16 49. 4
Oreo arolinn se e062 252.2 a 1, 732 3. 84 2.23 77.0
ENGR NIDA KOtaNE weer | See 2.273 7. 66 3. 32 63.9
Oy 2 ES eee 2. 392 5.75 2. 13 62.8
QUIS ate! - Bs > 2 ee ee 1,905 19. 39 10. 39 65.1
Wier Bae, OS SI See Sn a 2, 333 8. 37 3. 61 67.4
OS abe hi 22 Sees ee ee eee 2, 363 7.01 2. 98 61.4
Puerto Rico ) 3. 44 (2) 48.8
Rhode Island 2, 372 9. 33 4.01 56.0
South Carolina_____- 1,545 2.41 1.59 79.4
South Dakota 2, 065 4. 58 2. 27 72.5
‘ennessee_._.-_...--.- 1, 702 3.05 1, 82 79.5
Uk eC ee Soa 2,013 5. 23 2. 66 74.3
hed 2, 084 5.48 2. 69 69.5
Wermontoncoss, o..-5. 2, 005 5. 61 2. 76 72.9
Virgin Islands 2 7. 07 (?) 49.2
Se ee 2, 018 1.47 76 76.9
Washington 2, 485 12.10 4.96 55.2
West Virginia 1,810 7. 46 4.11 76.8
VASontii = ae 2, 283 7.53 3. 26 52.4
WOR 2 aS Ses See See ee 2, 164 5. 59 2. 36 60. 2
1 Excludes Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, data on per capita and personal income not
available.
2 Data not available.
120 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
EEE Eee
Table 8.—Maternal and child health and welfare services: Grants for maternal
and child health services, services for crippled children, and child welfare
services under the Social Security Act, by program and State, fiscal year
1963 +
{In thousands]
Maternal and} Crippled Child wel-
State child health | children’s | fare services
services services
‘United States eth. o Hee Bee te $23, 871. 5 $23, 830. 1 $25, 703. 8
Alabama oo ote ee ee wees TR pa eA ee 733. 6 650. 6 657.7
YN) ee, ES Re OS eee Se Os ond 119.9 130. 4 166. 5
APIZona..... + 5 ee 2 ee i a Pea 212.52... eee 248. 7
ATK ANS 2-52) = oor ee ae ae pac ab een ee tel oe 366. 0 372.7 423.1
Galifornia.- -2 32 3-2. = Sse ee Fe a Be 1, 378. 4 906. 6 1, 569.8
Colorado..2:: 422 ee ee ey 427.4 286. 3 320.8
Connecticut. 2250-22 ee ee 376. 7 301.3 267.9
Delaware-2 243. es ae ee 130. 3 127.6 107.9
District of 'Colutibia..- 35 aah eee eae ee Se 284. 8 222. 2 123.3
lorida 2-4 ie Se ee eo 826. 9 569. 2 654. 2
Georgia. .=.2. 2ae Me. 20 aie, 3 a 5 717.6 779.0 707.7
Lp eae 2 See eee "a TR ee Se eee 59. 7 27.3 12.7
Hawaii. ..--2 30S. 5... 2) we ee 5S a tS ae 179.3 192.1 166.5
Wdsho. ost Se ee Oy ae 199.3 201.5 95.0
ToS, «3 oe acne se oo Se a a eS Sea 711.4 823.2 937.5
Indiana..___- 444.8 594. 5 6
TOWS---w cohen 333.3 489.6 539.0
Kunsas...2.- 4 3 261.8 282.0 366. 1
Kentucky ---___- 536. 4 602.4 633. 1
Hotisiana. 3 386. 6 434.9 384.3
Massachusetts_____________ 416.4 454.1 600. 6
Michigan-22 tas. 5. >. Ses 877.3 995.0 974.8
Rinnhesota: 4 Sas Ss 510. 1 663.6 523.7
Mississippi----.--__-_-___- 581.0 546.7 494.1
Missouricg =. 53.825 516.7 475.9 566.0
Montana. ..5 S23 e 147.2 189.5 157.3
Nebraska_-___._- 162.3 194.7 240.6
Nevada...__.. Fe 125.0 138.7 93.9
New. Hampshirés.$._ 2... 5288 382 J” 89.3 125.6 103. 6
Wew, Jersey: 3:9 Se. ee 23 377.0 358.0 569.0
New: Mexico.c2.6.-0.:. 2) B aes. 266. 8 235.3 237.2
INGWSY Onks > ae 3. Se Ae 1,119.1 936.0 1,342.6
Worth: Carolitia 2.8.20 2 2) See eases 876.0 977.4 895.9
Worthy Dekotel 2 = se ee 140.9 139.5 170.5
[NOES oe ot ae SSC eee ee 915.1 968. 5 1, 236. 4
Oklahomasc2.. 3-2-5. Lee ee ee 364.0 320.5 420.5
Oreyon. .--.-2 es Siok ee eee eS 195.3 236.2 258.3
Pennevyivania © 3 24+ See Bee ee | 1, 122.6 1, 233. 4 1, 245.0
Puerto Rico. £24 5.5. . a Sh See tS Se ee 601.1 677.5 9. 2
MHOde Island. OSs 5. - 2). Wes 8 ae 5” eh ee ae 223.1 157.3 172.5
Bouth' Caroling 222-2207 5 ee ee re 515.1 568.9 544.3
Sorith, Dakotahee S.-i ee ey ee ee 88.9 96.0 176.3
sLennessee 5 POE 2 2 ee eee ae ee 711.8 674.4 640.7
ROXAS Syne tee. ee a ee 1,077.7 1, 338.5 1, 156.7
Utah. fs ee es 8 eee 165. 1 172.6 227.4
Wermonbes <2. J-25-bu- S.A ee oe A ce 128.7 125.3 129.6
Wirgin Islandsl:_ 20) sain Bes tae 108.7 108.1 76.5
Witginia-—- wee eee Se ee ee et 695. C 665. 6 634.7
WVeshington-. Se a San eee Ree) ee 407.3 346.3 392.4
WWGSty Virginia’ S2LS 0 i eae > Eee eT Ee 363. 8 381.3 345.2
BSCONSIN = =k aeu es .-o ee Eoe T 492.1 501.1 557.1
Wyong vss.) Me ece =e 3. Sie Ss eee PCy 123.1 117.0 110.6
1 Based on checks-issued basis. Additional payments were made for special project grants to institutions
of higher learning and to public or other nonprofit agencies and organizations as follows: Maternal and
child health services, $1,016.0; services for crippled children, $897.3; and research and demonstration
projects in child welfare, $738.9.
+.
|
Public Health Service
Health of the Nation
From THE point of view of public health, 1963 has been a good year.
There were a number of significant achievements in the protection
and advancement of the health of the American people. In addition,
several developments hold great promise for the future.
During the year, President Kennedy discussed vital health issues
in four separate messages to the Congress. In his general-health
message, Mr. Kennedy emphasized the need for Federal aid in the
education of the health professions, for new medical facilities, for
a unified and intensified attack on environmental pollution, and for
improving the communication of science information. The President
also urged bold action programs to develop community facilities for
the study and treatment of mental illness and mental retardation, to
improve the physical fitness of American youth, and to provide health
insurance for the aged under social security.
As in other years, many agencies and individuals contributed to
the gains in health. These include official agencies—local, State, and
Federal—as well as professional organizations, foundations, volun-
tary agencies, universities, industry, and other institutions.
As a result of the President’s recommendations, and of growing
public interest in health matters, several significant new programs
were enacted into law by the Congress. The Health Professions
Educational Assistance Act of 1963 (Public Law 88-129), for ex-
ample, is a major step toward meeting the Nation’s critical shortage
of health manpower. The legislation provides for Federal aid in the
construction of teaching facilities for training physicians, dentists,
nurses, pharmacists, optometrists, podiatrists, and other profes-
sional public health personnel. The act also authorizes loans to stu-
dents of medicine, dentistry, and osteopathy.
121
711-845—64——_9
122 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
CHART 1.—PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, 1963
Chief Professional Officers Immediate Office of the External Advisory Groups
Surgeon Genero!
Internal Advisory Groups
Surgeon General ond Special Staff
Office of Deputy Surgeon Generol
Surgeon Genero! Assistont Surgeons General wee ne
i ol icine
Office of Information and Publications Eacitve Circe
Office of International Health
Office of Personnel
Divisions:
Administrative Services
Finance
Health Mobilization
Public Health Methods
National Center for
Health Statistics 1/
fs Bureou of Notlono! Institutes
Bureau of State Services Medical Services Of Health
National Institutes:
Allergy & Infectious Diseases
Community Heclth Environmental Health Divisions:
Divisions 2/ H Divisions 2/ Forelgn Quarantine Arthritis & Metabolic Diseases
sesnneneseessnarsarensracrecsnnaseandeuacsnsvsnsnaneasenssessecenneenansee tees] Hospitals Concer
Accident Prevention 2 Air Pollution Indion Health
i Enwi ouseanseansectverovennsees Child Health and
Chronic Diseases Environmental Engineering ond So everenaen rnin fe
Communicable Disease 3 Food Protection luman Development
eared oo cm eae
al Medical Sc’
Heart
Occupational Health
Center :
Community Health Services ¢ Radiological Health Medical Director,
Dento! Hie Health and 3 Woter Supply and Bureau of Prisons
serie aoe 3 Pollution Control Medical Director, Mental Health
Hospitol a1 lo FH Bureau of Employees’ Neurological Diseases
Facilities H Compensation cd Wipdoeal
Nursing H Clinical Center
i Divisions:
: Biologics Standards
H Research Grants
H 9 PHS Regional Offices Research Facilities and Resources
+.
Research Services
1/Seporate organizotional status similor to the National Librory of Medicine is proposed
~ under the reorgonization plan.
2/These groupings would become bureaus under the reorganization plon.
Another major health measure enacted by the 88th Congress was
the Mental Retardation Facilities and Community Mental Health Cen-
ters Construction Act of 1963 (Public Law 88-164). The act au-
thorizes (1) a 4-year program of project grants for the construction
of research centers on mental retardation; (2) a 4-year program of
project grants for the construction of university-affiliated facilities
for the mentally retarded; (3) a 4-year program of grants to the
States for the construction of community facilities for the mentally
retarded; (4) a 3-year program of grants to the States for the con-
struction of community mental health centers; and (5) a training pro-
gram for teachers of handicapped children.
Two important programs authorized by the 87th Congress came
into being by the appropriation of funds in 1963. These programs
provide project grants to the States for intensive community vaccina-
tion against polio, diphtheria, whooping cough and tetanus, and for
establishing and operating health service clinics for migratory farm-
workers and their families.
Gains in medical research contributed substantially to the health
strides made in 1963. Much of the progress in research stemmed from
investigations conducted or supported by the Public Health Service—
OO
Public Health Service 123
the largest single source of support for medical research in the
country.
Among the year’s research developments was the discovery that
human viruses can cause cancer in laboratory animals—further evi-
dence that viruses may be the cause of some forms of cancer in man.
Also in the field of virology, a major victory was scored over childhood
disease with the development of vaccines against measles.
The total research program of the Service was strengthened in 1963
as two new institutes began operations.
The National Institute of Child Health and Human Development,
authorized in legislation signed October 17, 1962 (Public Law 87-838) ,
was established January 30, 1963. Its mission is to launch a major
research attack on problems of child and maternal health and on the
special health problems of children, including mental retardation, and
to gather information about the process of human development
throughout life.
Public Law 87-838 also authorized the establishment of an institute
for research and research training in the basic medical and related
sciences. Pursuant to this authority, the National Institute of General
Medical Sciences was established in 1963, elevating to Institute status
the former Division of General Medical Sciences at NIH.
In recent years, the administration, the Congress, and many pro-
fessional groups—both in and out of Government—have expressed
concern over the need to improve the communication of scientific in-
formation developed through biomedical research. Concomitantly
there has been a steadily growing public interest in health matters,
reflected, for example, in the volume of inquiries being received in
the Service. In the central office alone, these inquiries were in excess
of 156,000 in 1963, an increase of over 100 percent in the past 10 years.
In an effort to achieve wider application of research findings in medical
and public health practice, increased emphasis was given in 1963 to the
improvement of communications from scientist to scientist and from
scientists to the health professions. Activities during the year
stemmed, in part, from a PHS-sponsored conference on health com-
munications in the fall of 1962.
Through demonstrations, professional and public education, and
technical assistance to the States, the Public Health Service seeks to
bring knowledge gained through research into the widest possible use
by medical practitioners, health workers, and the general American
public.
During the year, the Service, among other things, awarded grants
to develop new or improved out-of-hospital health services in 68 com-
munities, ranging from rural counties to large metropolitan areas.
124 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
These grants, made under the Community Health Services and Facili-
ties Act of 1961, are stimulating the development of better techniques
for providing home nursing care, dental care for the homebound,
rehabilitation and other services needed by the chronically ill and aged.
In the area of environmental health, more municipal waste-treat-
ment facilities were contracted for in fiscal 1963 than in any previous
fiscal year, in large part under the aid programs authorized by the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act and the accelerated public works
program.
The Service also provides direct health services for legally specified
beneficiaries and for certain Federal agencies; operates a nationwide
system of hospitals; and administers the Nation’s foreign quarantine
program. Especially noteworthy during the past year was the re-
cruitment of four surgical teams to aid the civilian population
of South Vietnam. Each team includes two surgeons, three nurses,
and a medical technician.
The 1963 programs of the Public Health Service—in community
health, environmental health, medical and hospital services, research
and training, health data and information, and international health—
are described in detail in subsequent pages.
Health Record
Latest estimates from the health interview phase of the National
Health Survey indicate that 74 million Americans have one or more
chronic conditions or impairments. This represents 42 percent of the
Nation’s civilian noninstitutional population.
Fourteen million of these persons—or 8 percent of the population
exclusive of those in resident institutions—are limited in their major
activity (the ability to work, keep house, or attend school) because of
chronic illness. About 6 million (40 percent) of those limited have
had this limitation for 5 years or more. Heart conditions and arthritis
or rheumatism were the most frequently named causes of limitation.
Acute illness requiring medical attention or resulting in restriction
of usual activity for a day or more continues to occur at an annual
rate of about two conditions per person. Of the 402 million acute
illnesses and injuries included in the recent annual estimate, 231 mil-
lion (57 percent) were conditions affecting the respiratory system, and
52 million (13 percent) were injuries. About 50.5 million persons
were involved in injuries, with 43 percent being injured in home
accidents.
As for disability, chronic and acute illnesses (including injuries)
were responsible during the year for the average person experiencing
Ss
Public Health Service 125
16.3 days of restricted activity. Of this total, 6.4 days were spent in
bed.
Employed persons, 17 years of age and older, lost an average of 5.8
days of work, and the average child (6-16 years) was absent from
school 5.7 days during the year because of illness.
In 1962 there were 1,756,720 registered deaths, giving a rate of 9.5
deaths per 1,000 total population, as compared with rates of 9.3 in
1961 and 9.5 in 1960.1 In recent years, the death rate has flucuated
in a relatively narrow range, with deaths due directly or indirectly to
respiratory conditions largely influencing the exact level of the rate.
Over the last 10 years the rate has been 9.5 or 9.6 in years when respi-
ratory disease was more than usually prevalent (1962, 1960, 1958 and
the latter part of 1957, and 1953). Other years in this period have
had lower rates, but never under the 9.2 rate of 1954, when there were
almost no influenza outbreaks.
The leveling off of the crude death rate is not confined to the United
States. It has been characteristic over recent years of such widely
separated countries as England and Wales, Norway, Sweden, Den-
mark, the Netherlands, Chile, and Japan. Provisional death rates
lower than the U.S. rate of 9.5 in 1962 were reported for Canada, the
Netherlands, Norway, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan.
In 1962, so far as the United States is concerned, in addition to a
significant increase in the death rate for influenza and pneumonia
there were increases for diseases of the heart (the leading cause of
death) and for other diseases of the circulatory system. An unusual
feature in 1962 was an increase in the rate for each of the categories
of violent deaths—accidents, suicides, and homicides. The last time
this occurred was in 1945.
Since the age distribution of populations affects the death rate,
“age-adjusted death rates” are calculated by weighting the death rate
for each age group in a population in proportion to the size of the age
group. Using our 1940 population as a base, the age-adjusted death
rate for 1962 was 7.5 deaths per 1,000 population, with a corresponding
1961 rate of 7.3 (a record low) and a 1960 rate of 7.6. Thus it is
evident that one reason why the country’s crude death rate has been
relatively stable over recent years is that the population contains pro-
portionately more older people than previously. Although 1962 had
about 3 percent fewer people aged 55-64 in proportion to the total
population than did 1952, it has 5 percent more aged 65-74, and 21
percent more aged 75 years and over.
In 1952 the age-adjusted rate was 8.1, so that this rate declined
about 6 percent between 1952 and 1962. The rate did not decline
1 All vital data are for calendar years.
126 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
CHART 2.—BIRTH RATES BY AGE OF MOTHER: UNITED STATES, 1940-62
(Rates per 1,000 female population in each age group. Trend lines for 1959-60 based on registered
live births; trend lines for 1940-59 based on live births adjusted for underregistration)
300
20-24 years
25-29 years
150
30-34 years
=
eo” mit [
sou =" =
it 15-19 years
100
35-39 years
40-44 years
ie}
1940 1950 1960 §=:1962,
equally for each of the sex-color groups. The 1962 rate of 5.4 for
white females was about 13 percent lower than it had been in 1952;
the nonwhite female rate of 8.7 was 16 percent under its 1952 rate;
the white male rate of 9.0 had gone down only 4 percent; and the
nonwhite male rate of 12.0 had dropped 9 percent.
About 1 infant in 40 died within a year of birth in 1962, as compared
with 1 in 10 during 1915. But while the infant death rate declined
Public Health Service 127
CHART 3.—BIRTH RATES BY LIVE-BIRTH ORDER: UNITED STATES, 1940-62
(Rates per 1,000 female population aged 15-44 yeurs. Trend lines for 1959-60 based on registered live births;
trend lines for 1940-59 based on live births adjusted for underregistration)
50 50
Ist child
2nd child
3d child
4th child
Sth child
—_
ooo--"
6th or 7th child
1960 1962
by 25 percent or more for every 10-year period until 1950, the curve
has been going down more slowly in recent years. In 1962 there were
25.3 deaths under 1 year per 1,000 live births, equaling the alltime low
for the United States recorded last year, as compared with 26.0 in
1960. For white infants the 1962 rate was 16.9; for nonwhite infants
it was 26.1.
The maternal death rate, which stood at 317 deaths per 100,000 live
births in 1941, reached a low of 35.2 in 1962, as compared with 36.9 in
1961 and 37.1 in 1960. The rate for white mothers in 1962 was 23.8:
for nonwhite mothers, 95.9.
In 1962 the expectation of life at birth was 70.0 years, slightly under
the 70.2 figure of 1961, again because of the greater incidence of
128 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
CHART 4.—DEATH RATES: DEATH-REGISTRATION STATES, 1900-62
1900-1962
(RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION)
1Ig00 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1962
CHART 5.—AGE-ADJUSTED DEATH RATES: DEATH-REGISTRATION STATES, 1900-62
(RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION)
=
15
1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1962
Public Health Service 129
respiratory disease in 1962. The 1962 expectancies by color and sex
were as follows: White males, 67.6 years; white females, 74.4 years;
nonwhite males, 61.5 years; nonwhite females, 66.8 years. In recent
years the average length of life has been increasing at a faster rate for
women than for men, and at a faster rate for the nonwhite population
than for the white population.
Births, Marriages, and Divorces
The 4,167,362 live births registered in 1962 were about 100,000 fewer
than the 1961 total of 4,268,326. Since the number of births has not
changed greatly during the past 6 years, while the population has
continued to grow, the crude birth rate has declined somewhat each
year since 1957. The rate was 25.0 in 1950 as compared with 23.3 in
1961 and 22.4 in 1962.
The fertility rate, or number of live births per 1,000 women 15-44
years of age, also has declined somewhat each year since 1957. The
121.2 rate for 1957 was higher than any rate since World War I, which
indicates that the changes under discussion are going on at a level
well above the rates of the middle 1930’s. In 1962 the fertility rate
was 112.1 as compared with 117.2 in 1961 and 118.0 in 1960.
In 1962, an estimated 1,580,000 marriages were performed, as com-
pared with 1,547,000 in 1961. The marriage rate remained at 8.5 per
1,000 population, unchanged since 1959.
There were an estimated 393,000 divorces in 1960, as compared with
895,000 in 1959. The divorce rate was 2.2 per 1,000 population in 1959,
1960, and 1961.
Funds
The total funds available to the Public Health Service in fiscal year
1962 amounted to $2,140.2 million. (See table 1, p. 210.) Appro-
priations and authorizations accounted for about $1,593.2 million of
this amount. The balance was made up of repayments for services
given to other agencies and of unobligated balances from previous
years.
Approximately 50 percent of the total funds available was obligated
to others, in the form of grants and research contracts to State and
local agencies, private institutions, universities, hospitals, and individ-
uals outside the Federal Government. The remainder was used to
support the direct responsibilities of the Public Health Service, such
as hospital and medical care for legally designated beneficiaries, for-
eign and interstate quarantine, and Indian health services.
130 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Office of Personnel
Significant progress was made during the year on a major reorga-
nization to improve the PHS personnel system. Responding to the
1962 recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Public Health
Service Personnel Systems, a program has been developed and exten-
sively implemented to strengthen staff services, improve operations,
equitably adjust pay and rank, and generally provide a more efficient,
responsive staff.
The continuing goals of the Office of Personnel are to better utilize
“on board” personnel; to attract more top-quality individuals at all
levels; to further integrate Civil Service and Commissioned Corps
personnel systems, to establish closer “top-to-bottom” coordination
throughout the Service; and to acquire and train the manpower essen-
tial for the ever-broadening PHS responsibilities of the future.
Personnel
On June 30, 1963, the Public Health Service had a total staff of
34,799, an increase of more than 6 percent over June 30, 1962. (See
table 2, page 211.) This number included 4,929 Commissioned
Corps Officers, 28,337 full-time and 1,533 part-time Civil Service em-
ployees. (See table 3, page 213.) Commissioned officers on duty
included 2,067 members of the Regular Commissioned Corps, and 2,862
members of the Reserve Corps on Active duty, of which 169 were on
temporary training duty.
National Center for Health Statistics
The National Center for Health Statistics in the past year devoted
major attention to improving its publications program. Publications
activities were centralized in the Office of the Director. Previous
mailing lists maintained in the National Health Survey and the Na-
tional Vital Statistics Divisions were discontinued and a new consoli-
dated mailing key was established for the Center. A new publication
Series was initiated, placing most of the Center’s publications under
a Single system.
Another major development during the year was the establishment
of a new training program for statisticians, mathematicians, and social
science analysts. The aim of the program is to stimulate the recruit-
ment of qualified personnel in these professional areas. Under the
program, qualified college and university graduates are selected to
serve for approximately a year in specially developed training assign-
ments in the Center’s various program areas. Trainees participate in
MPublic Health Service 131
a series of seminars and are encouraged to further their academic
preparation by part-time attendance at local colleges and universities.
NATIONAL HEALTH SURVEY DIVISION
An historic “first” was scored during the year; namely, the comple-
tion of the first cycle of 6,672 health examinations of adult Americans
(ages 18 through 79 years). The survey was the first of its kind
ever undertaken in the Nation. From the data collected, health offi-
cials will have information on the prevalence of cardiovascular dis-
eases, arthritis, diabetes, and dental conditions, and the levels of acuity
of hearing and vision in the population.
In addition, data on a variety of physical and physiological measure-
ments will aid health officials and private agencies in making decisions
to improve the health of the people. Later in the year, planning and
pilot testing of a “second cycle” of health examinations for children
(ages 6 through 11 years) were completed for a 3-year program with
emphasis on collection of data related to growth and development.
Work on the Division’s newest data-collection program, the Health
Records Survey, resulted in the collection of data for all types of resi-
dent institutions and hospitals in the Nation. These data are being
tabulated and analyzed in preparation for a report describing facili-
ties which provide nursing, residential, or personal care. Meanwhile,
planning and pretesting were started for a new hospital discharge
survey to obtain from hospital discharge records detailed information
on the volume, kinds, and characteristics of hospital stays.
The National Health Survey Division continued its research and
developmental activities, including quality control and surveillance
of all operating programs, special research studies in methodology
on household interview reports concerning hospital experiences, a
special oral glucose tolerance test, a measurement of health expendi-
tures, and the calibration of testing equipment for visual acuity.
The Health Interview Survey produced its 50th report by the end
of the year. The year’s output of reports included publication of
new information on the volume of X-ray visits and types of accidental
injuries. Data was collected to evaluate the reliability of reporting
on the volume of medical visits. Another major project was the
evaluation and interpretation of data on chronic diseases.
NATIONAL VITAL STATISTICS DIVISION
The Division continued to reduce the timelag between the receipt
of data from the States and its publication. An advance natality
report for 1962 was published within 8 months of the end of the data
year, and an advance mortality report a month later. At the close
of the fiscal year, plans were being carried out to prepare all birth
132 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
a
and death tabulations for 1962 for printing within 12 months of the
close of the data year.
Extensive tabulations on occupational mortality were completed,
drawing upon data from vital records and from 1950 census records.
The Division also completed a major part of the tabulations needed
for a series of monographs sponsored by the American Public Health
Association to synthesize data of concern to public health and
demography.
A national natality sample survey was inaugurated, based on a
sample of births occurring throughout the country. (A similar
national mortality sample survey is in its third year of operation. )
The new survey will use information contained on birth certificates
in order to obtain additional data of interest to public health and
demography. The major topic under study for the first year is
the exposure of mothers to ionizing radiation during the year before
birth of a child.
A color film, “Medical Certification of Causes of Death,” was made
under the Division’s direction. The film will be shown in hospitals,
medical schools, schools of nursing, and health departments to en-
courage more complete reporting on death certificates.
Extensive activities involving study-group meetings and the cireu-
lation and analysis of questionnaires to numerous governmental and
nongovernmental agencies and individuals were initiated to carry
through revisions of the standard certificates of live birth, death,
and fetal death and the standard records of marriage and divorce or
annulment.
A series of regional institutes was established to train State person-
nel in new operational techniques. The first series of these institutes
was concerned with vital-records management. The institutes feature
relatively short conference-seminar sessions and are led by outstanding
experts in fields of particular interest.
OFFICE OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
By the end of the fiscal year, several statistical programs of the
National Health Survey and National Vital Statistics Divisions had
been transferred from the Remington-Rand UNIVAC computers to
the IBM 1401-1410 computer system. The changeover resulted in
elimination of the backlog in processing and placed the data programs
on a current schedule in the National Vital Statistics Division. The
effect on the National Health Survey Division’s programs was to con-
vert to the more powerful IBM system the data-processing systems
and data files which are used in processing health characteristics of
sample households to produce estimates and rates for the national
population.
|
|
Public Health Service 133
OFFICE OF HEALTH STATISTICS ANALYSIS
The Office continued its study of changes in the general mortality
and infant mortality trends in the United States. Contracts were
negotiated in several foreign countries for studies to determine the
possible factors responsible for changing mortality trends in various
parts of the world. Studies of the mortality trend for pneumonia
and for selected causes in this Nation and in Chile were completed.
A study to develop an index of health is underway. Analysis of
multiple causes of death in 1955 is proceeding, and the eighth revision
of the international classification of diseases is nearing completion.
National Library of Medicine
The constantly increasing medical research effort has required the
development by the National Library of Medicine of a system which
can accommodate the vast amounts of information being generated.
This requirement is being met by the Medical Literature Analysis
and Retrieval System. MEDLARS, which will become fully opera-
tional in early 1964, is founded on an understanding of indexing
technology derived from the Library’s 80 years of bibliographical
experience with the literature of medicine and public health. MED-
LARS will handle a larger volume of published literature than any
existing system. The 250,000 citations it will handle annually repre-
sent a large proportion of the total scientific literature.
MEDLARS comes into being at a time when computer technology
and the availability of computers in medical research institutions
throughout the United States will permit the multiplication of its
search potential by the duplication of searchable tapes. The Library
intends to make this new electronic retrieval power available generally
to other medical libraries over the next 5 years. The first pilot
program to extend the MEDLARS facility to the medical research
community is proposed for 1965 and would equip selected medical
libraries to search the organized store of information which has been
centrally compiled at the Library. The extension of MEDLARS
search capabilities, when coupled with photoduplication services to
provide physical access to medical literature, will enable libraries to
meet modern research requirements for information with unprece-
dented effectiveness.
BOARD OF REGENTS
The Board of Regents held two meetings, on November 5, 1962, and
on March 29, 1963. New members appointed to the Board were Dr.
Henry N. Harkins and Dr. Alfred A. Gellhorn. Items on the agenda
134 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
for the Board’s two meetings included the Library’s publications
program, budget projections, extramural program plans, the develop-
ment of the MEDLARS system, and the role of the National Library
of Medicine in training and research in the area of science communica-
tions.
SECOND INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON MEDICAL LIBRARIANSHIP
The staff of the National Library of Medicine provided major
planning and management services for the Second International Con-
gress on Medical Librarianship, held in Washington, D.C., June 16-22,
1963, under the sponsorship of the Medical Library Association. The
purpose of the Congress was to foster the development and improve-
ment of medical library services throughout the world. More than
1,000 medical librarians from sixty countries attended.
PROGRAM STATISTICS
In fiscal year 1963 the Library acquired 16,151 books, 67,832 serial
pieces, and added 956 new serial titles, increasing its collections to
1,098,006 items. The History of Medicine collection was increased by
300 old and rare items. The staff cataloged 15,273 titles, and
876 pictures and other items were added to the Prints and Photo-
graphs Collection. There were 205,709 volumes circulated, and 13,418
reference questions answered. Main entries published in the Vational
Library of Medicine Catalog totaled 15,592. The Indea Medicus pub-
lished 139,462 items from 2,244 journal titles. Interlibrary loans
increased to 135,344. Microfilm production amounted to 3,215,649
pages, of which 821,989 were for preservation purposes and 2,333,686
pages for interlibrary loan.
Division of Public Health Methods
The Division of Public Health Methods conducts studies to identify
emerging national health problems and to assess the significances of
social, scientific, economic, and educational developments of health
services and resources. In these areas, the Division provides advisory
and consultative services within the Service, to other governmental
agencies, and to national professional and voluntary agencies.
HEALTH MANPOWER
Three additional sections of the Health Manpower Source Book
Series were published during the year:
Section 14, “Medical Specialists,” presents basic data on the num-
bers, distribution, and characteristics of physicians engaged full- or
part-time in medical specialties. Information on physicians by type
Public Health Service 135
of practice and by type of specialty is shown for selected years be-
tween 1931 and 1962. For 1961 there are separate sections for each of
the 26 specialties with detailed findings on certification, type of prac-
tice, age, sex, State location, and medical schools from which the
specialists graduated.
Section 15, “Pharmacists,” gives information on the numbers, loca-
tion, and characteristics of pharmacists in the United States in 1962.
Its appendix presents statistics on undergraduate student enrollments
1958-63, and graduates of U.S. schools of pharmacy from 1932 to 1962.
Section 16, “Sanitarians,” compiled in cooperation with the Office
of Resource Development, presents basic data on the numbers, loca-
tions, and characteristics of sanitarians in the United States as of
mid-1962.
A projection of the number of physicians to 1975, prepared in the
Division and published in the American Journal of Public Health,
showed that there will be a decline of the physician-population ratio
from present levels despite the addition of graduates from the new
medical schools now proposed and of foreign-educated physicians.
ECONOMIC STUDIES
Long-range work on the economic impact of health services was
begun, with twin objectives: (a) Identification of those aspects of the
topic which should be studied by the Public Health Service or under
its auspices, and (6) appraisal and further development of method-
ology for use in such studies by the various levels of government. The
most promising aspect of the topic thus far appears to be costs-versus-
benefits studies, limited to geographic area or disease entities, or both.
As a means of stimulating interest in such research, the Division co-
operated with the American Public Health Association in planning
a panel on economic benefits for the November 1963 meeting of the
association in Kansas City.
TECHNICAL AND STAFF ASSISTANCE
In connection with the Division’s responsibility for the coordina-
tion, analysis, and review of PHS survey projects, which includes
liaison with the Bureau of the Budget on the clearances required by
the Federal Reports Act, an informal working agreement was reached
with the Bureau of the Budget for waiving clearance on certain classes
of forms and for abbreviating procedures on others. The arrange-
ment is being tested and developed further.
The Division has provided staff services for the Surgeon Gen-
eral’s Committee on Urban Health Affairs, a newly constituted public
advisory group under the chairmanship of the Assistant Surgeon Gen-
eral for Plans; for the Surgeon General’s annual conference with
136 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
State and territorial health officers; and for the PHS Committee on
Aging.
A compilation of PHS laws in effect on December 31, 1962, was
prepared for the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce
of the House of Representatives.
Other activities have included preparation of the Surgeon Gen-
eral’s quarterly report to the Secretary, a newly assigned respon-
sibility; collection within the Public Health Service of the monthly
revisions for “HEW Indicators” and the annual revisions for
“Trends”; preparation of the PHS portion of the annual edition of
the “Handbook on Programs”; participation in a PHS mission to
Yugoslavia vis-a-vis projects using Public Law 480 funds; review, in
collaboration with the PHS Executive Officer, of internal audit activi-
ties of PHS and the preparation of a report; membership on the HE W
Waiver Review Board, the National Science Foundation’s Advisory
Council on Scientific Manpower, the Task Force on Tax Policy and
Educational Expenditures, and the Task Force on Federal Education
Programs; assistance to the Pan American Sanitary Bureau in plan-
ning for a conference on the development of methods for studying
the medical education and health manpower requirements of Latin
America; technical assistance to the Mayor’s Advisory Committee
on the Establishment of a Medical School in Norfolk; and continuing
staff services in support of the Assistant Surgeon General for Plans.
Office of International Health
The Secretary approved a reorganization elevating international
health activities to the status of an Office of International Health.
During the year, the Office arranged the official U.S. representation
at the 16th World Health Assembly in Geneva, Switzerland (May
1963) ; the 31st and 32d sessions of the Executive Board of the World
Health Organization, also in Geneva; the XVI Meeting of the Pan
American Sanitary Conference in Minneapolis (August 1962) and the
47th and 48th meetings of the Pan American Health Organization’s
Executive Committee in Minneapolis (September 1962) and in Wash-
ington (April 1963). In addition, the Office was represented at the
13th meeting of the Research Council, South Pacific Commission in
Papeete, Tahiti (April 29 to May 3, 1963).
The Office, in consultation with the Department of State and other
branches of the Service, helped to develop the official U.S. policies on
the topics discussed at these international health meetings. The Office
also participated in developing the U.S. position on health-related
matters which came before the meetings of the Food and Agricultural
Public Health Service 137
Organization, the United Nations Children’s Fund, the International
Labor Organization, the Social Commission of the United Nations, and
the South Pacific Commission.
The Office assisted in clearing the appointment of more than 80
U.S. experts to serve as members of WHO expert advisory panels
and as short-term consultants to the World Health Organization and
the Pan American Health Organization. Seventy of the U.S. experts
who are serving as members of WHO panels are Public Health Service
officers representing 40 health and medical specialties.
The Office arranged to continue the assignment of 46 Public Health
Service officers to the Agency for International Development for tech-
nical assistance and advisory services in 18 countries. Thirty-nine
Service officers were detailed to staff the medical organization of the
Peace Corps. These officers, principally responsible for the health
of Peace Corps volunteers in 34 countries, also supply local health
and medical service.
The Office provided program guidance to 592 foreign visitors and
students from 87 countries, involving more than 150 educational and
training centers in the United States. Consultation was given to stu-
dents and visitors in the United States, and a number of U.S. educa-
tional institutions were advised on the special needs of foreign students
and visitors.
The Office made arrangements under a United States-U.S.S.R. agree-
ment for receiving five Soviet delegations and for sending three U.S.
delegations to the U.S.S.R. One joint meeting in cardiovascular dis-
ease was held in the U.S.S.R. and two joint meetings in cardiovascular
disease and rheumatic disease were held in the United States for ex-
changing views and scientific information in these fields. Five U.S.
scientists visited the Soviet Union for periods of four to ten months
each, and eight Soviet scientists visited the United States for periods
of four months each.
Division of Health Mobilization
In a national disaster, every community will be faced with the
task of meeting the immediate health needs of its civilian population.
Sufficient medical supplies and hospital facilities must be available,
with predesignated personnel organized and trained to act in an emer-
gency. By Executive order, PHS is charged with assisting the States
and communities in meeting these responsibilities.
The value of disaster preparation was demonstrated this year when
the Division applied emergency health plans during the removal from
711-845-6410
138 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
the Mississippi River of sunken tanks of deadly chlorine gas that were
endangering the citizens of Louisiana and Mississippi.
All programs were strengthened during the year by the addition
to the Division field staff of 38 new State representatives, augment-
ing the existing field staff of 9 regional and 7 State representatives.
The staff members have been instrumental in furthering emergency —
health preparedness by arranging training programs; coordinating
medical stockpile inspections; assisting in the development and evalua- —
tion of community plans; and securing the cooperation of medical
societies, other allied health groups, and civil organizations,
Quality controls and a plan of regular inspections were established
to assure readiness of supplies in the emergency medical stockpile,
now valued at approximately $200 million. Materials are stored in de-
pots and allocated to Civil Defense Emergency Hospitals (CDEH’s).
A program is underway to provide underground storage locations
for bulk stocks because such space offers superior conditions for long-
term preservation and protection of supplies. In carrying out this
program, the Division acquired 250,000 square feet of usable space
in a worked-out limestone mine at Wampum, Pa.
The 200-bed CDEH’s are now pre-positioned in 1,930 State-pro-
vided facilities. The Division is currently working to increase their
operation capability from 3 or 4 days to 30 days. An additional 750
hospitals are being assembled which will bring the number of pre-
positioned CDEH’s to 2,680. To familiarize designated staffs with
contents and operation of the CDEH, 12 prototype Emergency Train-
ing Hospital Units were acquired and are being field tested.
Physicians, as well as members of allied health professions, must be
trained to provide services in a disaster which are not a part of their
usual peacetime activities. Research was begun to determine how
the present functions of paramedical personnel can be adapted to meet
emergency needs.
Since immediate medical care will be limited to that available in
shelters, the general public also must know how to provide emergency
medical care. The Medical Self-Help Training Program allocated
almost 30,000 training kits to instructors this year. About 388,000
people have completed formal training, and some 400,000 more have
viewed the lessons on television. The ultimate goal is to train one
member of every U.S. family.
Bureau of Medical Services
The Bureau of Medical Services operates hospitals, clinics, health
centers, and other health services in this country and abroad, on land
and at sea, in major ports and on remote inland reservations. Some
Public Health Service 139
14,000 staff members are engaged in these activities that provide direct
health care to many people and help to safeguard the Nation’s health.
Medical and hospital care is provided for American seamen, mem-
bers of the Coast Guard and the Coast and Geodetic Survey, and
cadets at the Coast Guard and Merchant Marine Academies. Inter-
national travelers arriving from foreign points are checked against
any possibility of contagious disease. American Indians and natives
of Alaska are given comprehensive health care.
Members and retired members of the Armed Forces and their fam-
ilies receive care at hospitals and clinics of the Bureau where more
convenient than military hospitals; in turn, Public Health Service
commissioned officers may receive care in military facilities.
A special hospital is devoted to the treatment of leprosy. Treat-
ment for narcotic addiction is given in two neuropsychiatric hospitals.
The Bureau is responsible for medical and hospital care in the Federal
prisons and correctional institutions throughout the country.
Medical and hospital care for civilian employees of the Govern-
ment who are injured on duty or become ill from causes related to
their work is administered by personnel of the Bureau. Employee
health units are operated for a number of Federal departments and
agencies.
The Bureau is guided by recommendations of the BMS Advisory
Committee on Hospitals and Clinics, and the Indian Health Advisory
Committee, made up of experts from hospitals and health programs
all over the country.
Division of Hospitals
The mission of the Division of Hospitals—oldest organizational
unit in the U.S. Public Health Service—is to provide medical care for
American seamen and other beneficiaries designated by the Congress.
More than 385,000 persons qualify for care. In addition to seamen,
patients include Coast Guardsmen and their dependents; members
of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force and their depend-
ents; commissioned officers of the Public Health Service and the Coast
and Geodetic Survey and their dependents; Federal employees in-
jured in line of duty; any person having leprosy; and any person
addicted to narcotic drugs.
The Division is the principal source of training in the Public Health
Service for physicians, dentists, pharmacists, and other paramedical
personnel. Research is conducted in the clinical management of dis-
ease and health problems.
140 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
PATIENT CARE
Admissions to the 15 hospitals operated by the Division in fiscal
year 1963 totaled 52,346—an increase of 2.1 percent over 1962. In
addition, 1,022 babies were born. ‘The average daily inpatient census
declined 2.2 percent to 4,693, but the number of outpatient visits
increased 5.8 percent to reach 1,352,506.
Uniformed service personnel and dependents accounted for 34 per-
cent of all admissions and 39 percent of all outpatient visits to Public
Health Service hospitals and clinics. Outpatient visits of military
personnel and dependents increased by more than 20,000 over the
previous year.
CARVILLE LEPROSARIUM
In April 1963, the PHS hospital for leprosy patients in Carville,
La., in cooperation with the American Leprosy Missions, held the
fourth annual leprosy seminar, featuring some of the world’s fore-
most leaders in the field of Hansen’s disease. The hospital in Car-
ville is an internationally recognized center of knowledge about
leprosy and has accomplished much in improving the medical treat-
ment of patients and also in dispelling the erroneous psychological
fears that historically have been attached to this illness.
DRUG CONTROL
The Division of Hospitals has had for several years a well-developed
control program for investigational drugs. In addition, each hos-
pital has an active pharmacy and therapeutic committee which reviews
and advises the staff as to the efficacy and hazards of all therapeutic
agents. In cooperation with the Food and Drug Administration,
the Division has improved its reporting of adverse reactions to drugs.
PROFESSIONAL TRAINING
A total of 36 resident physicians completed formal training in the
following specialties: Anesthesiology, internal medicine, obstetrics-
gynecology, ophthalmology, ophthalmology and otolaryngology, path-
ology, psychiatry, radiology, surgery, and urology. Five resident
physicians completed training in general practice and two completed
training in research methodology. Ninety-nine medical interns com-
pleted their training in the Division’s hospitals in June 1963.
In order to provide trained personnel for Service needs in areas
where in-service training is not available, physicians and other health
personnel are given opportunities each year to pursue specialized
study outside the agency. There were 15 persons attending 10 uni-
versities in the past year.
ttt
Public Health Service 141
RESEARCH
In the interest of improved patient care, five of the general hospitals
now have an established research service with a full complement of
professional and technical staff. They are conducting clinical inves-
tigations of a wide variety of disorders, mainly related to problems
of cardiopulmonary physiology.
In addition, there is a seven-hospital cooperative research program,
under the auspices of the National Institutes of Health, for the study
of antihypertensive drugs. Data from the first studies are being
analyzed.
There are also established cooperative arrangements with the
National Cancer Institute for clinical trials of cancer therapeutic
agents. In the Boston PHS Hospital, a 25-bed unit has been estab-
lished as a part of this program. Plans are underway to set up a
similar unit at the Baltimore PHS Hospital.
More than 50 scientific papers were written for professional jour-
nals. One of the most outstanding was “Value of Prolonged Bed
Rest in Management of Cardiomegaly,” which originated in the New
Orleans PHS Hospital; it was published in the Journal of the Amer-
ican Medical Association.
GOALS
Modernization and improvement in the physical structures, and,
in some areas, new construction, are needed to enable the PHS hos-
pitals and outpatient clinics to carry out their mission efficiently.
Because of the large number of patients seen at these facilities, and
the varieties of disease entities presented, there are exceptional oppor-
tunities for research. Some of the country’s leading medical schools
are thus affiliating with the PHS hospitals in conducting research
programs. The Division plans to expand its research program as
funds and physical facilities are made available.
FEDERAL EMPLOYEE HEALTH PROGRAM
The Division conducts a health protection program for Federal
employees by operating health units for Federal agencies on a reim-
bursable basis. At present, there are 38 of these units, which serve
63,000 employees. Each unit is under the professional direction of
a physician. Visits to the health units during the year totaled more
than one quarter of a million.
Mass immunizations against polio, smallpox, tetanus, and influenza,
as well as tests for diabetes, glaucoma, and visual acuity, were given
at the health units in 1963. The number of immunizations were as
follows: influenza, 29,344; poliomyelitis, 7,957; smallpox, 14,671;
142 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
tetanus, 10,685 ; diabetes, 10,237; glaucoma, 6,913; visual acuity, 14,613.
Periodic health examinations are given for employees who are 40 years
old or older. These examinations totaled 5,209 in 1963.
The Division hopes to extend the Federal Employee Health Pro-
gram to all Federal employees in the coming year and to conduct
periodic health examinations for Government employees comparable
to those provided in private industry.
FREEDMEN’S HOSPITAL
In 1963, Freedmen’s Hospital in Washington, D.C., provided care
for 15,393 patients. The average daily census was 384. There were
3,564 live births recorded. Outpatient visits to clinics and emergency
room totaled 100,917, an increase of 4,290 over 1962.
A new 50-bed pavilion was opened in February 1963, representing
a most significant and progressive step toward better patient care.
The attending and consulting staffs of physicians and dentists
totaled 247, with 113 members on the courtesy staff.
All training accreditations of the hospital were maintained. Freed-
men’s Hospital serves as the clinical teaching facility for junior and
senior students of Howard University’s College of Medicine. It also
offers approved medical, dental, pharmaceutical, and dietetic intern-
ships; residency training in 14 medical specialties; and residency
training in hospital administration.
Sixty-two residency appointments were filled during the year; 21
graduates of foreign medical schools were among the residents. There
were 19 medical interns, 4 of whom were foreign students; 2 dental
interns; 2 pharmaceutical interns; 10 dietetic interns; 5 research fel-
lows; and 2 administrative residents.
The School of Nursing graduated 25 student nurses, raising the
total of the school’s graduates to 1,505. The School of X-Ray Tech-
nology graduated 4 students and now has 60 graduates.
Fifty-five clinical research projects were in progress during the
year, and nearly 50 scientific articles by staff members were published.
For the fourth consecutive year the hospital participated in the
Junior Red Cross volunteer program. The adult volunteer program
and the women’s auxiliary provided volunteers throughout the
hospital.
Division of Foreign Quarantine
The Division of Foreign Quarantine guards the Nation against
the introduction of disease from abroad. At more than 300 ports of
entry in the United States, the Division performs health inspections
of international travelers, conveyances, and certain imports. At
Public Health Service 143
major consulates in Europe, Canada, Hong Kong, Jamaica, and Mex-
ico, visa applicants are given medical examinations.
Every day 20,000 travelers are cleared through quarantine. Of
these, 1,000 are arriving only a few hours or days after leaving
Petree where such diseases as smallpox, yellow fever, and cholera
are present. This number, moreover, is growing—and with it the
danger of importing qisrantinabis diseases into the United States.
The transworld jet plane has brought the quarantinable diseases to
our doorstep. At no time has the need for constant vigilance been
greater.
QUARANTINABLE DISEASES IN THE UNITED STATES
For the 16th straight year, the United States did not have an
outbreak of quarantinable disease known to have been introduced from
abroad.
In August 1962, a 15-year-old Canadian boy with incubating small-
pox—but showing no symptoms—on the way from Brazil to Canada
was cleared through quarantine at New York. His certificate of
vaccination against smallpox had been issued by a Brazilian district
department of health and bore the signature of the vaccinating phy-
sician and a stamp of that department. Later investigation, with the
help of Brazilian health authorities, revealed that the boy had not been
vaccinated as stated in his certificate. Fortunately, there were no
secondary cases of smallpox either in the United States or Canada.
This incident, which was widely publicized, alerted the country to
the danger of imported disease from abroad. It also stimulated
increased response to the longstanding efforts of the Division of
Foreign Quarantine to promote current smallpox vaccination for per-
sons having frequent contact with international travelers and for
those who meet and treat the sick.
Rodent plague was identified in a dead rat in San Francisco
March 12, 1963. A ee eel aad 99g 02 LI ge ‘9 £08 699 ‘9 969 ‘9 190‘
9 vate ey e¢ 92 91 02g 98 ggg 89 TOL
ieee ss |) eee al pa at Doers 5 ema y I oF LP L¥ LP
FOL £ LOL 16 ee 6g8 ‘ZI FOF ‘T £88 ‘ET £96 ‘ET 049 ‘FI
gers alee Sh tae ee. 1 de T II a ral tae
Se alate aro meres ical 9¢ poy esses Mts L OL oF oF
ease eee et RR ee &F < See ale g 8 19 1g
“ital ate, | patehenamede enhanc Lauer inh (RS, ena &F iar mS 7 er ey
g g es liao mime ne tee ie ee a #98 at $98 298
pitas a ler. Zz ae Tata sageiuman nt. | Gab era Te 81 8 8I 0
Tea ees a i eee be ee ee 181 181 181 881
co A. Pd ee eas Cee 9L 901 81 Zs 78
Sepa T T z x = Spee T gg 9¢ 8g 69
T T 6 Nentpmanl keto sated lod Zhe ey iia 6 6 6y 1g
een a i aan oe | as | eee | eee o¢ £8 eet eel eer
Fae eas bei at oa ee batrsabeie PRE OHER xe lect) Pa | et as PPL laa’
ay ¢ g Merten el ig eee 18 16 +6 6 66
6 ot 61 ive, vA eg Be eee Saat £81 LOT ‘T 062 ‘T Te '‘T 068 ‘T
£42 ‘T 062 29 ‘T 19% LOT 898 ‘ST F9F ‘FI ZEB ‘ZS 99 ‘ee 661 ‘FE
vole
wey od
$]Ue}[Nst00 sUolssessod | opis}ng | -O1jeu U0}|] [80],
s10T10 pus je10,, | seijunod pues -BUTGSe MA [e101
sIOSIADV UsZ19I0,F | SeTIOFLI1I0J, Te}0
pusiyn
soqeig pean
qUo}ITULIEJUY pus emmy} JWT oumr} 1
ee | SES chs a | ee ere 2 a a a a ee ES I a aa
£961 ‘Og aunt fo sp ‘uoisiaip pup nvaing 4q tuauto;dwusa pind 19101 SHd—S °198,L
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
212
Pe a ~-~“9uyoTpey Jo AreAQYT [euorjeN
SAA. SEES Re eas SOOTAIOG YOIBOSOY JO WOISTATCL
eee gis ees eo eet a Bee ~-syuRd4y) YOIvEsoY JO WOTSTATCL
Pa ee wonmaennrnanasana=----==-enIepueyg SoLso[org JO WOTSTATC.
SEE es EE a a ee 1jUIO [ROTUITO
~-quowidopoAoq Uru}, pure yyTeoH] pIlyO Jo oyngsuy [eUCTeN
Gugekd aera SOU [GOTPOWT [BOUL JO OYNMSU] [PUCTIEN,
washes SSOUPUT[E PUG SOSBOSTC] [BOTZO[OINON Jo O9NITSUT [RUOTIBN
eae Ga ae ey YIeoH [vjUe Jo 9yngWsuy [euoTIVN
S2Ree SEC ES reo a yoivosoy [eI] JO oyNyIysuy [eUCTIBN
~---="===sosvosi( OTOq BIO PUL SIZTIYIIV JO OINAIVSUT [RUCTIEN
aaa aata sosvosi(] sholoauy pur AsJo][Y JO OINISUT [RUOeN
Wg fe gp re ec YTeoH Jo sopngyysuy [CUOTEN
tie ts: osm aa Frog soTouase Joyj{O 09 STIeIOd
MPRA EES ~-JorjuoD UolnTog pues Ajddng 107 AA JO UOTSIATC
ete Mo ae Cae OS aie Se YIBOH [VOTsoOTOIpeY JO UOTSIATG
apelin Sia Boa SS YRoH [VUCTednd00 Jo UOTSIATC.
~“-ucTJ99}01g Poo] PUB FUTIOOUTSU [eIUIWUOIAUY JO UOISTATC,
-““Y[BVOT] [BJUOMIUOITAUY—SodTAJOg 0}vIg Jo NReM_
wooo enn 2-2-2 = === -------------- soTOUSE 1040 OF sTIeIOCT
oo --------------------------------~-----=-=- SUISINN JO UCTSTATCT
Foes anne ean me SOINTOVT [VOIpoTT puv [eIWdsoy] Jo UCISTATC,
--------------- sodMosoy pUB YITBEH WGN [eu Jo UCISTATCT
aoe nanan =n = 225-522 2nee SodAJog YITOH AUN UWIOD Jo UOISTATC,
€ T i ae Luss gel a FES FEZ FkZ 88%
Betas Gene ai 7 Saas ia ae ||| a ll ay aad lean aS 6 6 Or Ot
ores a eee re eee aE eee, Cet 2 ee at See ee ee E Toe.
re, Pe eo OL re os eee T 092 ‘T 193 ‘T 192 ‘T 022 ‘T
81 z Sa ~ i ies Gy \Rieebiadéred iaaaic Sard ZIg ZIg Zig es
‘eae ae et g een el eee | aT 8c 92% 92 T&Z
ine | aan Tien! gatiaeest | Gls || i £49 'T FF9 ‘T $P9'T G69 ‘T
¥ I oy 64... | eeaigkeianes|\ Ghanty | aber sak Ge ce OF
IL g Tie Pema tories. ls aT | aaa % Tet Ter cel
81 z 0 I 19 9 209 809 929 969
+9 69 £21 g it 881 628 210‘T £20 ‘T OPI ‘T
g z at TW ae el a ee g 18% ZG 474 646
91 GZ IF wm tit = z 1# £49 SS 689
8 € II Is If SLT teh Z19 099 1Z9
02 ji LG L z 8Z1 £79 189 099 189
(a Il £e (fr a thts eats +9 IIL ‘T GLI‘T O12 ‘T Fz ‘T
908 ‘T 108 ‘T #8 ‘T 99¢ ‘T
eLh ‘6 2¥0 ‘OT 282 ‘OT ZL9 ‘OT
ce in g £ g
103 IST ‘T IST ‘T 881 ‘T
968 206 +16 $6
L¥ 161 T61 261
86 828 828 Tee
29 CLE GLE 188
eer GLP OLF 98F
ot6 CaF ‘S cer ‘es G79 ‘¢
I 7 i P
99 86 86 66
cet 602 602 LIZ
821 00Z 002 608
891 OF OFZ 162
BO1B
uvytjod
s]ue)[nsuo0d suolssassod | apisyng | -O1jou U04 [RIOL
s19y1O pus 18J0OL, | solyunoo pus -SUTYSe MA 1®I0.L
sleslApy UsIOLOY | SOTIO41I10,], 18104
— puwip
JUo}}TULIOJUT PUB OUT} JV
penunuoj—gog6l ‘Og aunf fo sp ‘uoisiaip pun noaing X4q jJuawmXkojdwua pind 4101 Sy,
$078) § popuy)
Out} [NY
“S PIT8L
213
F9L ‘669 ‘FOT CH Mea ae ata iinet er aie inka eg a awed = ia india as $80 ‘608 ‘TS ELT 089 ‘068 ‘“E¢ sf eal (MRS eat cer ag eet st soo.mosed
pue sorqlovy YoIwosol JO WOISTAIG
#0S ‘ZLT ‘9g L9z‘Z | LI6‘ZFI‘Z Ghz EFF ‘172 ‘6 622 OF8 ‘899 ‘T Ile aoe 4 ate & eo F0E ‘EFI ‘EF G19 ‘T | Ssouput[d puB soseestp [vo1s0[OINEN
208 ‘880 ‘901 Ci | acco Sac Rah oak Ia0UBO
ZY ‘802 ‘RL sig‘e | 00¢‘L I GLL ‘89 ‘ZI fats £2 ‘126 ‘€ ORs all Ri aiecies gestete sa bee pa meis PFS ‘020 ‘9 OPS vcr as som SOSBISTP OTTOQBJOU PUB SIFIGITV
G8S ‘19% ‘Sh 000 Cal ae 2 hae oe TPZ ‘6F9 ‘9 21 G98 ‘O8F ‘Z COGHaal caer wet (cae 6LI ‘G2z ‘98 COLT Tee sasvas[p SNOToosul pus ABIOTV
960 ‘9c ‘T99$ | ZLE ‘ES | LIF ‘OST ‘ZS Es O€9 ‘EZI ‘TFTI$ | OLF‘E | EFO‘PER ‘ces | |esz‘h | 80 ‘608 ‘TS$ | ELT ZG ‘806 ‘OSh$ | 8% ‘ST |7-77 77 [ian it oo me LOND
1aq raq Jaq toq raq, Jaq
qunouly -TInN qunoulry -uInN qunouly -uInN qunoury -WInN qunoulry -TMInN qunouly -MInN
meis01g
[eIO.L sdiysooures syoofoid Suture. sdtysMol[a yy SoTJTIoVv] YoIvosey syoofoid yorvesey
£96L apak pposyf ‘spapmp pup squpas yoivasay—"P 2[G¥PL
ie rr a Ges Ces SEZ | i catealtieidn | \ ch een 36 £ : £ BES aoa aan em ema = ==" -9UTOTpOTAl Jo AIBIQUT [BU0T}eN
i FS G18 ‘8 6ee ‘6 86F ‘6 a3 Zar 886 OFT ‘T PL1'T ZLO"OLS || oe an YITBeH Jo seyn4yysuy TeUoTyeN
at CFS A! €9L 809% 809 °% eI £02 T0Z $06 L16 Gzo ‘g crrrres sooo ase k, Te UemaospA ay
9 819 % 680 ‘T 109‘ £29‘ 8 arg TOL £9 189 708 F} Bal" —-~ - i Aeceneanineaaaniingns qyeeH te
7s90TAJeg o7B4g Jo ne
49 ee be 4 SST ‘IT 6EF ‘T ¥69 ‘CI LOL ‘CE 6E 088 ‘T 16 $26 ‘T £96 ‘T 029 FT 83:22 Seen SedTAJog [ROIpey] Jo Nveimg
spar iePOL geo ‘T 661 ‘T 661 ‘T 18 9 G8 O1T T6L 068 ‘T), 2 \"- heen ~“~"[eIOUN) WOIs.Mg oY} Jo MYO
882 902 ‘9T 9L€ ‘ET Z8S “6S 0L8 “6z GLI 00GB 89 ‘T SL ‘F 626 ‘F 7) Ae 2a en cin om T8}0.L—e0}Atog WITBOH Oqnd
i) ee S|" ees @ aaa Bey |i ea
2 gore Ue} vores UL4
a selqjunod | apisyngo | -odomeur | [vj0,, setqyunod | apis}yno | -todoiout | [eIO,7,
Cy) usle10J puB uo.sUTYSe MA UsTo10} pus TOYSULYSe MA
DN ‘suotssessod [elo |‘suotssossod TeqIO.L
2 SSOTIOILIIO.J).lionueeed) a 3 ‘So11041110,J, 1e}04
= soqeyg poy, soye}g powug puelp
3
m QOTAOS [TAID. SIOOYJO POUOIssTuUIUIOD
bs
3 G aunf fo sp ‘ad1asas piaia pup ‘s4aouffo pauoiss1rmwm0s ‘nvaing 4q quautojdwua pind 10102 —¢ a1qGe
oI £96I 0F t [2at2 Pp pauoissi q 1 P! SHd qeL
Q
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 19
214
. 6TZ$
0148
-10[9008
SyIOM
oqud
TOT}9NIySU09| UOTJON.ySMOO
quouryvel} |[eorpeur pus
1€961 4004 Joosyf ‘saoiasas yypoay ayqnd 40f saynig uryiM $a231]D90] 40 saqDIg 0} stuamkDy—*sG 2[qQE],
S18 ‘OTS 9
pose oy jo
YITBey = pus
Sosvestp
oyuOIyO
“TTT OMB WON
BUTLOIED GION
“"""yIOX MON
~OOTXOTAT ALON,
oer back ed ee Pe ODOT TAONT
HSS BRS ShSSS
~“syqesnyoesse yy
Sr ak ~-"puepéleyy
Rear SORT ERS TE Ia eer och CULO Ay
Vip a a oe wae ee POP SSS SEAT "SUBS Noy
aeSananS===-eS==~ ae ~-- Aon ues
SIT ee ee —--“sesuB yy
ee eee Se ----BpTIOLT
BIQUINIOD JO ytysiqd
"=" 9IBABIOC.
qhoto0uU0d
er a, Tag at aio “opBlojopn
cael died Sate ah TRESTLE RST SPUD TCL)
215
Public Health Service
*SOOIAIOS [BUOSIOd IO} POpN[oUy St OOO'ZI$ JUNOUIe SIq} Jo—SESBOSIP OTUOIYH »g
“qoedwl0O UISe_ JOATY oIBMBIIC 04 N0O'EZ$ ‘UISeG IOATY OVUIOJOT 94} UO UOTSSTUL
-U10D 9484SI9JUT 03 NOO'LZ$ “WOTSSTUIMOD TOI}EITUBE 9784SI9}UT 0} 000'Z9$ ‘UISBA OAT
OIBMBIOC] 9} UO UOISSTUIMOD 0384S19} UT 03 000‘ TZ$ ‘MOISSTUMUOD UOT}eITUBy 10}BM AOTTVA
JAY OLZO 03 000 ‘80T$ ‘UOISSTUITMOD [OI]UOD UOPNTOd 1038 M 0}vISIO}JU] PUB[sUq MeN
0} 000‘ST$ :SMOT[OJ SB SoTOMEZB 038 7SI0}UT UOTNI[Od 10}8M 0} pred 00N‘9SZ$ SOPNIOXT g
*SuluuLd yareoy [e}UeUL Joy pred sem (ON'PZP$ JUNO Sq} 0} OTIIppe UT +
“Y[SBO JO NOT Ul SIODGJO POUOSSSTUIUIOD JO JUMOUIUSISSB 19A09 04 PJOUTILM 000'SS$ SOPNOU] ¢
*Yseo JO NIT Uy peystasmy soyjddns pus seojases [euossed I0J OOO'TEL‘TS we a t
“[8}Gs0
dIyVIqoASY Bysely Joy OoO‘STE$ ‘syuvId yoofoid YITeey JuBIsTUT Joy OOO‘OST$ ‘sdIqsee
-UJC1} PIBMB JOOITP IOJ YOO'6$ ZUTPN[OUy ‘s}ueis yooloid so[Ases esvesp AOsues pus AZO
-[omoeu IO} Q00‘ER9$ ‘Sjo0fo1d UOTYeIJSUOMIEp YITeeYy AjtunuTUL0D IOJ QOO‘SZZ‘Z$ ‘soeford
UOl}BISUOUMLEp UOTJNI[od 10}eM IO} QOO‘ZOS$ ‘GSO JO NOT] UT SedTAJos [eUOSIed IOJ NON0'EZ$
Zulpnypout s3oofoid [013 W090 stsopnos1eqn4y IOJ OO‘OST ‘T$ ‘YSed JO Nol] UI SedTAJas [eUOSIEd JOJ
000‘6e$ Zutpnyout ‘syoofoid Sururel} pus UOT}VIJSUOMIEp Je0UBd AYTUMUIUIOD IOJ 000'60Z‘Z$
‘(1990 vesNJexy 03 sojddns pue s8nIp ystuINy 0} ‘epriopy ‘seqey [e10D ‘TeydsowH
suelaj9A 0} pred sem ooo‘os$ JUNOUTe SIq} Jo) uIBIZOId YI[vey sesNJe1 UeGND 2y} JOF
000‘S6IT$ ‘HIVE [eoTZojorpes Uy Zututes} Joy syuvss yoofoid 10J QOO'ZIS$ ‘WeIg0I1d But
-uTel} MOTINI[Od Ie edtAseg ITB WGN 94} Joy STERDIAIPUy OF Spey QOoNp UE 000‘8$
‘qireeq orqnd uy sutured} oyeNpess 1OJ S}UvIS 401d IOJ QNO'OAF‘T$ ‘BuTUTeIy YITeeY oI[qnd
JO WOISTAOId 943 IO} YI[VI dETGnd Jo sjooyos 07 QOO‘ses‘I$ ‘WeIS0Id drqseeutesl] esInU
[euoIssejoid 94} 10} QOO‘EgE'Z$ ‘S}UBIS ULIA}-J1OYS 9} IO} QOO‘9c$ Pus sjuvIs esodimd
[eloods 04} Joy Se N00'68I$ JUNOTIVSINIJO “wWeis01d dIqsseules} doTAIVg IVI WGN
2} JO} 000FIL‘Z$ :E961 IBOA [VOSY BuTIMp pyed O19 SMOTIOJ SB SJUNOW [BUOTIPPY 1
te ot Roe a oe 9 99 og 91 6
She @ Mie 199 oss ‘2 921 SZ 6ST 69
(= atl be Sp ok | ecm aie 8 FI 0 02 g
Ci sles PL 961 18 81 o ST
1% 8 £21 ‘T S00 F 982 LOT O9T 92
Ziioe Maula sa tia” 126 618 ‘% Lat ¢9 LL OF
<4 8 c£0'T 61 ‘T 261 89 921 6
Cc lee 886 10t ‘F 91Z 90T 66 9
Chee ae 4 Ore 9% 1Z &% 92
oF ie ose 999 ‘T 02 ze £% 9%
(Osh | cea acard 190 ‘II 628 G0Z Ore LLI
a oe 1A ie aaa 409 ‘T 8c0 ‘¢ SST OIL SLT $l
Swe Me Ge Ut 968 ‘T ¥ 1% ras F
CCE ae ZLg PLL ‘L £6 98 6 og
Cae ines Trl 406 99 1g 29 9%
i> = Assets 26L ‘T 899 ‘OT oes 192 eee 01Z
1 all 4 ena nee £00 ‘T iard II 8F 88 &
St RRert ise. 6SL £F6 ‘S iad +g rat 1g
ry Aas oe 862 286 ‘9 ac] 00z 602 Set
bP 8 8 Lh 6” SS SS ee ee ee SPpUPRIST UISITA
96 828 ZIT C2 SS ee oory OJON
9g 9 OL Oo ) 32° Sipe. ae weny
¢9 eo OL «. “ee ee ee ee ‘Sutur0 4 A
821 gTé 0g OF + 2" SSS See UISMODST MA
49 €8T OF Coe me OSE ee ee ee BIUISZITA ISOM
£8 £26 ce a = AS es eee ee W0yZUTYSB A
S&T 89E 08 6s: = @Y “St = ak Sacer ‘BIUT SILA
L9 €¢ las OF fe oe Se ae ee ee qUuoULI3 A,
gg 801 ST Ci ewe alee aa a eee Wein
60€ LE8 €S1 Wi- & Cc eaee: oe eae SBxXOJ,
CET 08¢ 98 Cl us SE oe ca ae a ee 9essouud J,
19 88 €1 7 in ' a eee e sete Ste ea ejoxVq YyNog
£6 T0€ 9F ht. fe ee eee oe euljoreg yyNog
99 £9 81 Cee a a ac a puis] epoyry
19€ 618 902 Chie Oe oe oe ee vruvAlAsuueg
99 O9T 6Z Oe feel ea oe 103010
82 0&2 OF OES ieee aac Cg ee ee are eul0yr[yO
LOE 919 0ZT ie a a eee ee a rae oTgO
Ph eee
t * we) OP, veel? is t we iy 7 3
serene sat w fate) ttt rae edie OF Wa tt jae 7
itle J . oe daphord “x4 Testy rT a) i¢ ae
a ute, 7 rg et Sue arel oo Sea IE
: > ois “A gies sinied of 10 Seng .
OF; i. wae ory, ly WY owe eee ab
: | v | Aru gli Bt; L esi H + mitt secret? wv. not? ela
. a hertineens y Z ered - ~— pay, te oreitegh ive P tg eat Ove wes Ceesiarmull ein *
ait MA poet bei (Gyo! WA Wie) TS ee) rie
\ tc shal ait &: ; Ut: oink, Mite cerns 1K saw eh tw Sw br th i ar ot aa tee ao 7 i
é facet wl REDS Miudwora!? Med witeitemae 1A OF j
Office of Education
Education in the Spotlight
For EpucaTIon, 1963 was a time of gathering momentum.
It was a year of continued struggle for civil rights and school de-
segregation, of increased efforts to reduce unemployment by creating
more jobs and educating more Americans to fill them.
It was a year when the Office of Education, entrusted with the
administration of many Federal programs, in cooperation with the
States and communities, was given a broadened role and responsibility
by Congress.
It was a notable year, marked in January with an eloquent message
to the Congress on expanding educational opportunity by President
Kennedy, and in November with a reaffirmation of expanding educa-
tional opportunity by his successor, President Johnson.
Beginning with the late President’s message and concluding with
the enactment of an important part of his educational program, it was
a pivotal and promising year for education.
When the year was over, there were still basic weaknesses, especially
in our elementary and secondary schools and in the schooling of
young people living in our crowded inner cities and in many rural
areas. But in one major aspect, it was a year of impressive change.
The Federal Government, taking closer scrutiny of the national needs,
was importantly increasing its partnership with the States in advanc-
ing American education.
On January 29, President Kennedy called on the Congress for a
comprehensive program to improve the quality of education and
increase the opportunity for education in the United States. With
this message, Mr. Kennedy made clear his view that strengthened
Federal support of education was essential.
In recent decades, he pointed out, the States and communities had
devoted sharply increased revenues to education—helping to treble
the national outlay in the 1940’s, to double it in the 1950’s. But the
States and communities could no longer carry the burden alone. We
711-845 —64—15 217
218 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
had come to a time of dynamic change, economic and social change,
which was reshaping the country.
The Nation’s educational growth, he said, was inexorably linked
to our domestic well-being and our national security—to full employ-
ment and economic growth at home, to international trade and foreign
policy abroad.
It was no longer a question of whether to have more vigorous edu-
cational programs but what sort of programs should be adopted. In
his message, the President emphasized that the Federal role was to
supplement, not supplant, the vital authority for education of the
States and localities. He states:
I do not say that the Federal Government should take over responsibility for
education. That is neither desirable nor feasible. Instead, its participation
should be selective, stimulative and, where possible, transitional.... The
proper Federal role is to identify national education goals and to help local, State
and private authorities to build the necessary road to reach those goals.
The President’s comprehensive program was presented as the Na-
tional Education Improvement Act of 1963. It proposed 24 specific
measures embraced in five general areas. It included (1) loans, fellow-
ships, and work-study provisions to enable students to continue their
higher education; (2) improvement of facilities in colleges, universi-
ties, and graduate schools; (3) development of teacher institutes and
improved teacher training; (4) aid to public and elementary schools;
and (5) advancement of vocational education, adult basic education,
and the education of handicapped children.
In the President’s message and in subsequent studies during the year,
areas of manpower shortage, which could be lessened by education,
were clearly identified. The President’s Science Advisory Committee
reported a severe shortage in doctoral degrees for engineers, mathe-
maticians, and physical scientists. Today about one-half of 1 percent
of the school-age generation is achieving Ph. D. degrees in all fields.
By 1970, more than 21% times the present number of doctorates will
be needed in science alone, together with a substantial increase in the
number of masters’ degrees awarded.
At another flank of the manpower shortage, a Panel of Consultants
on Vocational Education, appointed by the Secretary of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare, at the request of the President, evaluated the
present vocational education laws and recommended their moderniza-
tion. Some 21 million young people now in grade school will be
entering the labor market during the 1960’s, at a time when the need
for unskilled labor is diminishing, when the need for trained man-
power is growing. Unless positive steps are taken to increase their
Office of Education 219
vocational skills, more than half of these young people will shortly
join the ranks of the unemployed.
These two presidential studies pointed to immediate educational re-
quirements for the Nation’s manpower: the need for advanced, post-
graduate training, an ultimate product of higher education; and the
need for vocationally trained young people, ready for the present
and future requirements of America’s mobile market for jobs.
Measures to meet some of these educational challenges were enacted
by the Congress late in 1963. Aid for higher education facilities and
for vocational education grew from a legislative concern into legis-
lative accomplishment. The Office of Education was assigned to
administer support in these important areas to the States and
communities.
In its fact-gathering role, the Office in 1963 reported a surging
increase in the growth of junior colleges as part of the Nation’s
response to the demand for higher education. In 1963, the Office re-
ported, more than 50 new junior colleges were opened; by the fall
of 1964, as many more would be in operation. Through the junior
colleges, barriers of geography and cost of tuition and maintenance
to students would be diminished.
The Office showed that money alone would not correct all the fail-
ings of American education, but that without money there was little
prospect of correcting them. In Project Talent, the Office cooperated
in one of the most extensive studies of achievement and progress ever
conducted among high school students. In this study of a half million
high school students throughout the Nation, its preliminary finding
was that four factors were related heavily to student achievement:
(1) the salary of teachers; (2) the experience of teachers; (8) the
number of books in the school library; and (4) the per pupil ex-
- penditure on education.
The Office reported again and again on the relationship between
educational and economic accomplishment. Its experience under the
Area Redevelopment Act and the Manpower Development and Train-
ing Act gave repeated evidence that we were not reaching enough of
the unemployables because they lacked sufficient education to be
trainable. From these studies came the impetus for the President’s
request for adult basic education under the National Education Im-
provement Act as a prerequisite for large-scale programs of vocational
training or retraining.
In a broad variety of studies and surveys, the Office of Education
funded or cooperated with research groups across the country, among
them universities and colleges, as well as conducted research programs
itself. These studies were designed to meet the Nation’s long-range
220 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
a a
objective for the maximum educational development of each indi-
vidual and the development of high standards of citizenship.
Currently, the national interest calls for emphasis on (a) develop-
ing the manpower (at all levels of skill and education) required for
rapid economic growth and a strong military posture; (b) achieving
equal—and high—educational opportunity for all Americans, regard-
less of race, religion, sex, nationality, place of residence, wealth, degree
of handicap, or special endowment; and (c) advancing the cause of
the United States in its international relations, both by enhancing
the quality of education at home and assisting programs of education —
in developing countries abroad.
In 1963, the Office of Education was called on to perform these
principal activities:
1. The collection, verification, analysis, and interpretation of
basic educational statistics; including the development of projec-
tions based on such statistics.
9. Active cooperation with professional educational organiza-
tions in the development of standazdized statistical terminology,
definitions, and classifications in educational records and reports.
3. The design and development of “data-flow systems,” by
which a flow of machine record forms may reach the Office of
Education from State educational agencies or other educational
institutions.
4. The conduct of educational studies—descriptive and ana-
lytic; statistical, observational, experimental, bibliographic, legal,
evaluative, etc.—on all aspects of education. A few of these
studies include education in foreign countries. The studies are
designed to identify or define the nature and scope of educa-
tional problems, to suggest solutions, or to evaluate existing prac-
tice. So far as possible, Office studies are coordinated with
major extramural projects: both those supported by the Office,
and those supported by other agencies (governmental or non-
governmental).
5. The financial support of extramural research, surveys, and
demonstrations in education—under authority principally of the
Cooperative Research Act and titles VI and VII of the National
Defense Education Act.
6. Advice and consultative services to State educational of-
ficials, college and university officers, heads of local school sys-
tems, professional educational organizations, etc.
| Office of Education 221
7. The administration of programs of Federal grants, loans,
and other assistance to State educational agencies, to educational
institutions, and to individuals and the evaluation of such pro-
grams, with a view both to substantive improvement and increased
operating efficiency.
8. Service as agent for the administration of various services to
the State Department; e.g., the Teacher Exchange Program,
training programs for foreign educators, and recruitment of
American educators for assignments abroad; and the adminis-
tration of the program for teachers and prospective teachers,
9. Coordination of Office programs with principal programs
of other organizations (such as other Federal agencies, State
departments of education, foundations, leading universities, and
professional educational organizations) in modern language and
area studies under the Mutual Educational and Cultural
Exchange Act.
10. Preparation of a biennial publication, based on information
from individual Federal agencies, reporting Federal funds as-
signed for purposes of education.
11. Dissemination of results of surveys, studies, and research,
through publications (including the Office’s monthly journals,
School Life and Higher Education) , through mass media, through
speeches, through exhibits at conventions, through personal
response to inquiries, through advice and consultation, etc.
12. Advice to the President, the Congress, to the Federal agen-
cies, foreign governments, and international agencies on educa-
tional policies and programs, and on legislation.
}
Educational Services and Research
Apart from staff services, the work of the Office of Education is
jearried out in three bureaus: the Bureau of Educational Research
jand Development, the Bureau of Educational Assistance Programs.
jand the Bureau of International Education. While each of these
| bureaus provides services and conducts research within its own area,
the broadest functions of gathering and disseminating educational
jinformation, conducting studies, supplying consultation and advice,
and promoting educational research have been assigned to the Bureau
jof Educational Research and Development. Activities designed to
jfulfill these functions during fiscal 1963 are described briefly here
222 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
under the three major headings: Statistical Surveys and Reports;
Studies and Services; and Sponsored Studies (Research, Surveys,
Demonstrations).
Statistical Surveys and Reports
Collecting, analyzing, and disseminating “such facts and statistics
as shall show the condition and progress of education” has, from
the first, been a fundamental responsibility of the Office of Education.
As pointed out in A Federal Statistics Program for the 1960's (a
committee print prepared by the Bureau of the Budget for the Joint
Economic Committee), recent years have brought a keener recogni-
tion of the importance of education for the Nation at large. This has
highlighted the need for better, more incisive, and greatly expanded
educational statistics. The large prospective increases in school
and college enrollments, together with the limited financial resources
available to educational institutions, make the need for adequate,
current statistics even more pressing.
ADVANCES IN CONTENT AND COVERAGE
The publication this year of a Digest of Educational Statistics ful-
fills a long-felt need for a ready reference source of information on
education in the United States, for the use particularly of individuals
in the legislative and executive branches and the educational commu-
nity who are concerned with the formulation and conduct of educa-
tional policy. It brings together key educational statistics from a
wide variety of sources, giving the latest available information, as
well as estimates of current data.
Beginning in fiscal 1963, the Office instituted a revised and enlarged
data-collection system for vocational educational statistics. This new
system provides considerably more information on both the input of
resources into vocational education, and the outcome in the form of
trained, employed manpower.
In response to many requests, and with some financial assistance
from the National Science Foundation, the Office carried forward
a greatly enlarged program of statistics of nonpublic elementary and
secondary schools. For the first time, the Office of Education pub-
lished a directory of nonpublic secondary schools. Surveys of non-
public elementary schools, nonpublic secondary schools, and the
courses offered in nonpublic secondary schools were all nearing com-
pletion during this year. It is the first time in many years that any
of these surveys has been conducted; for example, the previous survey
a ae
Office of Education 223
CHART 1.—FALL ENROLLMENT (PUBLIC AND PRIVATE COMBINED): 1952-62
Millions (ratio scale)
1952 1954 1956 1958 1960 1962
NOTE.—Figures for enrollment include students in both public and nonpublic schools, except in the
case of ‘‘Vocational Education’’ (limited to federally supported vocational education in public schools).
Enrollments in ‘‘Elementary Schools’’ include pupils in kindergarten through grade 8; in ‘‘Secondary
Schools,’’ pupils in grade 9 through grade 12. Enrollments in ‘‘Higher Education’’ are restricted to
resident and extension students taking work normally creditable toward a bachelor’s or higher degree;
among those not included are students in terminal-occupational curriculums, in adult education, and in
correspondence or TV courses.
of Offerings and Enrollments in Nonpublic Secondary Schools dates
back to 1933.
A national inventory of school facilities and personnel was com-
pleted by the Office of Education for use by the Office of Civil Defense
and HEW in connection with civil defense planning. The inventory
covered all elementary and secondary school buildings in the United
States, both public and nonpublic. Extensive lists and tables were
furnished to each State for its own use.
The annual fall survey of Hnrollment, Teachers, and Schoolhousing
in Publie Schools, which provides early basic statistics on public
schools each year, was for the first time extended to include informa-
224 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963 {
tion about (1) enrollment, by grade, within each organizational level ;
(2) the number of operating and nonoperating school districts; (3)
the number of high school graduates for the preceding school year;
and (4) statistics for each of the 15 largest cities in the United States.
The result is to make information on these items available more than a
year earlier than previously.
The survey, Statistics of Special Education for Exceptional Chit-
dren, conducted by the Office of Education at approximately 5-year
intervals, was again undertaken in fiscal 1963. When completed, it
will provide information on the number of pupils and teachers in
special education programs of local public school systems and of
public and private residential schools. Included are children and
youth who are physically handicapped, mentally retarded, socially
maladjusted, emotionally disturbed, and gifted. An innovation of the
1962-63 survey is a study of the amount and type of cooperation among
school systems in providing special education for each of the various
types of exceptional children. Analyses of these data will provide a
nationwide picture of the success of recent efforts to bring special edu-
cation to exceptional children in the more sparsely settled sections of
the country, as well as to those in the concentrated population centers.
Higher education facilities received increasing attention. In order
to provide statistical information as rapidly as possible, a leaflet type
of publication has been developed, under the general title of “College
and University Physical Facilities.” This provides a medium for
reporting normative data, identifying interesting features of recent
higher education construction projects, furnishing bibliographies, etc.
Information on plans for future construction is also being collected
and published in leaflet form. To date, 17 of these leaflets have
been prepared. As counterpart to the flow of information on
higher education construction, a new monthly series on bond sales
for higher education construction has been established.
In the field of higher education generally, extensive surveys are
now underway which will open up new areas of information about
the status and career orientation of college faculty, anticipated needs
for faculty, the migration of college students among States, college
programs for adults, and endowment funds.
The Office of Education continues to extend its statistical services
on libraries. Information on library education was provided through
the completion of a first-time release, Library Education Directory,
providing national statistical data on courses, curriculums, and fac-
ulty. Additional new projects under development include a statistical
survey of public library services to adults (including the aging) and
Office of Education 225
to children and youth, and a statistical survey of special libraries
serving State governments.
ADVANCES IN METHODOLOGY
The use of sampling in the statistical survey program of the Office
of Education is being expanded rapidly. The advantages lie in
reduction of costs, reduction of burden on respondents, and faster
completion of surveys. Many of the more elaborate studies and sur-
veys now being conducted by the Office of Education could not be
accomplished except through the efficiencies secured by samplings.
Sampling has also been used to provide preliminary information from
surveys well in advance of the time when the complete results will be
known; an example is the biennial survey of Financial Statistics of
Institutions of Higher Education for 1959-60, from which prelimi-
nary data were made available more than a year ahead of the usual
schedule.
In order to sample effectively, universal listings of all colleges,
school districts, schools, buildings, and school teachers are desirable.
The Office has collected or is formulating plans for collecting infor-
mation in each of these areas, with the basic facts needed for
characterizing each of the units.
In order to streamline the preparation of the annual directory of
school districts, the Office of Education has put the listings on punch-
cards so that the State departments of education need only indicate
the changes each year, and the Office of Education need only insert
the changes in order to update the Directory.
The Office has taken a position of leadership in the development of
a cooperative Federal-State system for transmitting machine unit
records. A national conference was held with statistical repre-
sentatives of State education agencies, composing the newly cre-
ated Committee on Educational Data Systems. The Office was
urged to move as rapidly as possible in completing its plans for
developing a data-flow system for information on certificated teaching
personnel. In addition, the Office has initiated a similar approach
to higher education faculty and professional staff, and looks forward
to applying the same approach to information on school facilities
(number and condition of classrooms, efliciency of utilization, etc.).
ADVANCES IN ANALYSIS AND PROJECTIONS
A new and important analysis measures overcrowding in elemen-
tary and secondary schools from the data on classrooms and pupils
collected in the national inventory of school facilities and personnel.
The Office is frequently urged to enlarge its program of projections.
226 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
The Advisory Panel on Educational Statistics, for example, termed
this one of the most important uses of basic educational data, and
called upon the Office to engage in systematic development of inter-
related projections of all its basic series. In fiscal 1963, there was
substantial progress in this approach. Projections were completed
for fall enrollment and school-year enrollment in public and non-
public elementary and secondary schools; total fall enrollment of men
and women in public and nonpublic institutions of higher education ;
first-time enrollment of men and women in institutions of higher edu-
cation; enrollment in federally aided vocational education programs
and in organized occupational curriculums in institutions of higher
education; instructional staff in institutions of higher education; and
earned degrees, by level and sex, conferred by institutions of higher
education. In addition, a wide variety of estimates was prepared for
the Digest of Educational Statistics, in order to provide a statistical
description of the current school year in advance of actual survey
results. Projections are reviewed on a regular basis and are revised
when actual data indicate that a revision is warranted.
ADVANCES IN LIAISON
Significant progress has been made in the essential task of develop-
ing working relationships with other groups to improve the statistical
program. A major event was the establishment by the chief State
school officers of a Committee on Educational Data Systems, with
representatives from each State education agency. The Office
statistical staff worked with this group during its organizational
phases, and continues to maintain close communication with the Com-
mittee. The Office also works closely with State education agencies
in the implementation of standard statistical concepts, terminology,
and definitions which are of basic significance for educational records
and reports. These strengthened relationships produce direct benefits
in survey operations. For example, the State departments this year
undertook to collect information on college libraries for the Office;
in return, the Office is furnishing the State departments with an in-
creasing amount of information from its surveys.
Relationships with other Federal agencies continue to grow as a
result of the effort by the Office to provide statistical information
needed for their purposes. This year a special supplemental survey
of enrollment at the graduate level was conducted for the National
Institutes of Health, a survey of graduate student finances was de-
veloped and tested for the National Science Foundation, and detailed
school enrollment data in metropolitan areas were collected for the
Census Bureau. In addition, close contact is maintained with these
Office of Education 227
agencies in survey development, and special tabulations or decks of
punched cards from basic surveys of the Office are furnished as needed.
Examples of the many nongovernmental groups with which Office
staff have been closely associated in statistical affairs this year include
the newly organized Association of Educational Data Systems, vari-
ous committees of the Association of Collegiate Registrars & Admis-
sions Officers, the Association of College & University Business
Officers, the National Council on Schoolhouse Construction, and the
committee on data and definitions set up jointly by the Association of
University Evening Colleges and the National University Extension
Association.
IMPROVING STATISTICAL SERVICES OF STATE EDUCATION AGENCIES
Under section 1009 of title X of the National Defense Education
Act, the Office of Education is concerned with the improvement and
expansion of the statistical services of State education agencies.
Under this program States may obtain grants of up to $50,000 an-
nually on the basis of approved State plans, with Federal participa-
tion amounting to one-half the cost of approved activities.
Since the inception of this program in 1958, the number of staff
members of State education agencies engaged in statistical services has
almost tripled, and the number of States and territories using data-
processing equipment for educational statistics has more than quad-
rupled. As of the end of fiscal year 1963, the plans of 53 States and
territories had been approved, and 48 of these jurisdictions partici-
pated financially during fiscal year 1963 to the extent of approximately
$1,700,000 in Federal funds. Eighteen States used the maximum
amount of $50,000, with some of these States reporting overmatching
of Federal funds.
These Federal and State moneys, along with professional consul-
tative assistance by Office of Education staff members, have provided
continued improvement in the standardization of educational termi-
nology, and in the development of a total systems approach which will
benefit educational administration at all governmental levels. Bene-
fits under this program have been reflected at the national level in the
improved timeliness and accuracy of the statistical reports sub-
mitted by State education agencies to the Office of Education.
During fiscal year 1963, a majority of the State education agencies in-
dicated their readiness and willingness to cooperate in the development
of a system whereby basic educational data may be transmitted in
machine-usable form from the State education agency to the Office of
Education.
228 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
A 5-year program of periodic statistical surveys for the Office of
Education has been outlined. In addition to a coordinated program
of surveys, it includes plans for statistical universes, directories, and
handbooks of terminology and definitions. The survey program itself
is organized into such major categories as (1) enrollment of students,
(2) staff, (8) curriculum or program, (4) libraries, (5) physical facil-
ities, and (6) income and expenditures. Followup or “longitudinal”
studies of achievement and career development are planned at each
educational level. An important part of the program is a systematic,
integrated set of projections in most of these areas. Finally, attention
is given to means for expanded dissemination and improved com-
munication of statistical information to professional educators, State
and city agencies, lay boards, and the public.
Studies and Services
Opportunities for national service to the huge, immensely compli-
cated enterprise of education are numerous and varied. By policy,
the Office of Education’s response to these opportunities has been prag-
matic, rather than dogmatically systematic. This policy is justified,
first of all, by the uneven urgency of the demands made on the Office
by the varied problems of education; it is also justified by the limita-
tions of funds and staff available to any single agency at a given time,
making it generally unfeasible to attack all aspects or ramifications of
a problem in a completely systematic manner. In this presentation,
studies and services are reported for elementary and secondary educa-
tion (under the headings of “School Administration” and “Instruc-
tional Programs”), for higher education, for various particular groups
(special education and adult education), and for selected types of
curricular content (vocational education, civil defense education, and
education in the arts). The studies are restricted to those conducted
by the Office of Education itself as distinguished from sponsored re-
search, treated in a subsequent section. Services are restricted prin-
cipally to leadership, advice, and consultation as distinguished from
services of dissemination, also treated in a subsequent section.
SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
Finance.—Rising enrollments plus demands for improved curric-
ulums and higher accomplishment have created acute problems of
finance in elementary and secondary education. Following are some
studies and services of the Office in this area:
—————— So
- Office of Education 229
1. Reports of current State programs for the financial support
of local public elementary and secondary schools are made contin-
uously. In fiscal 1963, 21 separate State reports were issued
(each as soon as the necessary information became available),
providing a summary of the amount of funds available from each
State, and the terms and procedures of distribution to the local
school districts. These reports informed all of the States of the
newest developments in the financing of education in the indi-
vidual States.
2. A report has been completed on Nonproperty Taxation for
Schools. This publication suggests a variety of nonproperty lo-
cal taxes, lists the States which allow their school districts to levy
such taxes, and describes the experience in such States in terms of
amount of revenue obtained, cost of collection, proportion of pop-
ulation affected, economic impact, ete.
3. Another service of the Office to local school systems that are
planning to float a bond issue is the individual notification to such
districts, about 10 days before advertised sealed bids are opened,
of current interest rates on school bonds in similar districts
within the State, as well as throughout the Nation. Appreciation
has been expressed by a number of superintendents for this service.
4. Each decade, the Office of Education conducts a nationwide
school-expenditure study, providing information on expenditures
per classroom unit. The analysis for the school year 1959-60,
now underway, incorporates a number of new features, including
consideration of the factor of “sparsity” of school-district popu-
lation (which tends to increase the expenditure per classroom
unit). The data will, for the first time, be presented in such a
way as to permit school districts having certain basic features in
common to compare themselves with regard to various categories
of expenditure.
Facilities —Unsatisfactory and overcrowded classrooms continue to
present a problem to American elementary and secondary education.
According to reports received from State departments of education,
the 1962-63 school year began with an unmet need for 121,000 new
classrooms and related facilities, and supplementary evidence from
a national survey indicates that the reports from the State depart-
ments have, in general, understated rather than overstated the actual
educational needs. Obsolescence, shifts in population, and, above
all, the continued increase in enrollment, make the problem of class-
room needs extremely difficult to solve. Office of Education special-
ists, aware of the many and varied problems in the area of school
230 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
facilities, have assisted State departments of education, and through
them local school systems, by rendering services of a consultative
and technical nature when requested to do so. Colleges and univer-
sities offering courses dealing with school facilities have sought and
received help from the Office of Education through such media as
publications, statistical data, correspondence, consultative services for
seminars, and advice on proposed research projects. National and
regional organizations having an interest in school-plant problems
have relied heavily on Office of Education personnel for leadership,
for advice, for assistance in defining problems, and for speakers at
conventions and meetings. Examples of these types of service include
leadership and assistance in the revision of a nationally recognized
Guide on schoolhouse planning, and service as panel discussants or
moderators at conventions and other meetings.
A major Office service to State and local school systems during 1963
was the preparation of several publications on school-facility planning
or management. Among these publications were: Facilities and
Equipment for Science and Mathematics, Space and Facilities for Art
Instruction, and School Fires: Prevention, Control, Protection. Au-
diences for which these publications are initended include school-board
members, superintendents, business officials, purchasing agents, prin-
cipals, and maintenance supervisors.
School law.—Public school education in any State is a creature of
the law, and as such is controlled by law: constitutional, legislative,
judicial, and administrative. Over the past 4 years, a more effective
service in school law has been developed in the Office of Education.
The demand for this service has shown a marked increase in the past
year. The scope of the requests has included such subjects as com-
pulsory attendance laws, loyalty oaths, church-state relations, and
civil rights. Another illustration of school-law services is the publi-
cation of articles such as the one in School Life on the question of
government-sponsored prayers in the public schools, and a bulletin
(in preparation) on Statutory Responsibilities of State Agencies for
School-Construction Programs.
Local administration (general).—Special attention was directed in
fiscal 1963 to issues between school boards and teachers. One such
issue relates to the question of salary structure, and particularly to
the issue of “merit pay” (or the attachment of a salary differential to
an evaluation of teacher performance). A significant and widely
distributed analysis of this type of compensation system was made by
the Office in a bulletin based on “merit salary” practices in six school
districts. Another issue relates to the representation of teachers in
negotiations with school boards on salaries and other issues, and the
Office of Education 231
tactics employed in the event of disagreement. A study, now under-
way, will report on the procedures being used for collective negotiation
in several school districts.
State departments of education—With their increasing roles in
educational leadership, all State education agencies are faced with
complex responsibilities which justify continuous evaluation of their
structure and organization to enhance effectiveness. A 3-year Office
of Education study of State Hducation Structure and Organization,
now completed, enables State education agencies to compare themselves
with others and to consider ways of improving their own organization
and services.
Another study now underway assesses the research resources and
activities of State departments of education, and identifies areas in
which additional research is needed.’ It is expected that this study
will encourage interstate cooperation on particular research projects,
and promote the growth and improvement of research activities in
State departments of education.
Urban problems.—In recent years, many urban school systems have
been faced with both an influx and an exodus of different types of
population, with an increasing proportion of school-age children in
the population, and with the failure of tax resources to keep up with
expanding needs for education and welfare. This situation has cre-
ated many problems of curriculum, finance, facilities, school-home
relations, and management in general; it has also highlighted the
importance of the public school system as an agency in the prevention
and amelioration of social problems. Sensible to these problems, the
Office of Education has called conferences to facilitate the exchange
of experiences and to stimulate constructive proposals; it has also
conducted several studies to illuminate the proposals and contribute
to solutions. A report on one of these conferences, Zhe Impact of
Urbanization on Education, has been published. ~Aasto MON
989 ‘6c8 % 0 000 ‘eT 889 ‘TE 188 ‘O8F ‘1 662 ‘FST SF8 ‘F9 QGP ‘PIS SVP 168" lea rae eee pee oe ~omrgsdure Hy Mo NT
SIZ ‘089 % 0 009 ‘8 G28 'LTE SPL GPL 'T 916 ‘681 008 ‘8 T82 ‘90 100 SOUE Me wee pe eee ae ee es ee BpBAON
$99 ‘826 °¢ 0 008 ‘aI 086 ‘29 T GE8 ‘180 '€ 928 ‘96F 668 ‘SOT OFS ‘E8z $70) L605 ee te ae ape ee ae ee BysvqaN
G9L ‘295 '¢ 0 OOb ‘IT 169 ‘290 ‘Z £94 ‘ZIP ‘% G89 ‘88% 900 ‘82 880 ‘91% COUPES we |e Ca ae ee ee Bue UO,
6F9 ‘EB ‘¢ 0 009 ‘OT 6LL‘PSh OEP ‘OSL E £6 ‘GFT ‘T PFO ‘IST 119 ‘208 CROSGTON mee ||P apse ge ee Soe Seen ae nae ~TaMOssT Ay
$03 ‘889 ‘8 0 002 ‘Zr 866 ‘ZEL 289 ‘808 ‘T £10 ‘068 TI@ ‘2 ZLL ‘TS SEOUL rat Meo ae ae ae ee 1d dIssTssIpL
ITF ‘280 “F 0 009 ‘ZI PSP ‘CPL O9T ‘O19 9FE ‘690 “T 506 ‘O9T PPI ‘18Z SOR ODL, ly a| ee aes eae ae BIOSOUUL AL
6FL ‘E81 ‘8 0 009 ‘aI 629 ‘TLE ‘% LPL ‘188 020 ‘269 ‘T PES ‘FES 66 ‘G88 OCS OSTEL Ph PRs 35 Ske | ee ee ee ae UBS
09 ‘622 ‘I 0 OOF IT PLE ‘P29 'T 066 ‘T&€ '8 GOT ‘SEL 819 ‘26 OLE ‘ZZE PES) C00" Mle so es eee ne S}osnyoesse
289 “PE6 ‘FL 0 008 ‘TT 129 ‘GL4‘T 299 “60 “IT 618 ‘c0¢ 288 ‘ZZT O0L ‘Elz SECIS i: sea Tense ses ~=see = puvypAreyy
ZZ ‘$88 ‘E 0 986 ‘IT TILT ‘01 LES ‘19% % 628 ‘897 See ‘98 880 ‘82% POR SOh? . Sh aR Sa ee eee ee ouIvIT
$99 ‘Tee ‘8 0 008 ‘TT 806 ‘89 0g8 ‘088 ‘T GOL ‘662 SIP ‘2ST OTF ‘222 LLESOSORe: Be gee son S Pa" e dees ea ee BuRIsSmMoyT
£82 ‘298 ‘Fb 0 008 ‘6 000 ‘eg 61L ‘619 ‘T 168 ‘F00 ‘T 688 ‘Z0Z FIZ ‘ZLZ OLG SCE ee |S Se ee ee eee Ayonuey
$99 ‘OEP 6 oF, OOF ‘81 $90 ‘LLP 118 ‘GIL ‘9 S8T ‘409 PSP ‘OL €8z ‘Tae 106) 16657 som (| “on See ae Pee ge a sesuey
P88 ‘696 ‘8 000 ‘¢ 002 ‘FI £20 ‘FL €82 “990 ‘T 186 ‘610 ‘T 960 ‘291 PFS ‘COZ LOB.'SGF To RE oS So eee oe BMOT
996 ‘ObL ‘F 0 009 ‘aT 249 ‘GF $06 ‘9L€ ‘T O68 ‘FPL ‘T 826 ‘TZ 228 ‘OLE PSP THOS | eo eee ee ees eee vueIpuy
2P9 ‘216 ‘OL 0 000 ‘TT 966 ‘0zG 99F*180'9 ~| 802 ‘F28‘T OSF ‘bas 819 ‘6EF PIG S00'8 = Fs Se ee Co ee STOUNT[L
102 ‘P92 ‘€ 0 000 ‘81 £18 ‘28d, 02 ‘910 ‘2 99F ‘LL 620 ‘FL 898 ‘C1 GGL ‘PLE
029 ‘Sor ‘2 0 002 ‘ZI 009 “FEE ‘T 898 ‘CHF ‘S SLO ‘S61 909 ‘FS 0F0 ‘STZ TOL ‘902
86F ‘228 ‘OL 0 009 ‘ZT O89 ‘TL0‘T SIF ‘SIL ‘9 TLL ‘690‘T 999 ‘2LT E2L ‘862 006 ‘TSP ‘T
PIF ‘229 ‘0% 890 “Z6L ‘L 000 ‘IT G18 ‘LOL ‘S 6FG ‘SoE‘L 89 ‘E28 029 ‘99T £69 ‘LT TLE; 890 'C cue | POT ee ae ee ae ee epHoLa
TPS ‘26 0 0 0 0 688 ‘OZI 0 0 COOMLETS Gee | ge Se oo oe pre BIQUIN[OD JO 41ST
29G ‘69F ‘T 0 O0T ‘9 0 PLP ‘182 Z98 ‘88T Fle ‘19 809 ‘O1Z P78, 0G. SS |7A se Se SE ee o1VMBTOC
6ST ‘268 ‘¢ 0 6E8 ‘6 OF ‘TLE ‘T TPL ‘L09 ‘% 816 ‘OLF C28 ‘TL 092 “092 PLL OOEST ) Sh) 280°" 22> ee ae ee ce qnotjoouu0*D
290 ‘022 ‘OL 0 002 ‘ZI TL¥ ‘208 ‘T Tre “869 ‘2 690 ‘088 692 ‘G8 689 ‘ThZ S80 O8F qs figs 96° aa eo ee opei0}OD
629 ‘920 ‘89 0 TPE ‘8 OFS ‘LF9 ‘6 LLP ‘T19 ‘6F gc ‘eos ‘Z 080 ‘0sz 089 ‘E1¢ 008! 0809; se, | "Se aan see aa eee cee BIULOJTTeO,
FIG ‘286 ‘8 0 009 ‘ZI 998 ‘209 PSE ‘669 ‘T 1¥6 ‘Sh9 002 ‘OFT BSF ‘ZG 003 "S894 aay |"Sa> Gano w ee a a ap SBsuByIy
GCL ‘TLE ‘L 0 eee ‘2 P9E 866 ‘T 108 ‘F8F ‘¢ Shr ‘OFZ 889 ‘ZL TS6 ‘08% PST OGG? oe |S. tas ee oat | Sea eee cm BuoZzy
Gl ‘SIF ‘6 0 0 2£9 ‘099 208 ‘008 ‘8 PEE ‘OT LIZ ‘68 928 ‘S0Z 96 ‘6IT eT we sea eo cae SEAS
682 “GOP ‘8 0 008 ‘IT 080 “699 ZL ‘FOB ‘G 899 ‘826 192 ‘FST L¥9‘L1Z TES BOS = | Be aie ae aa a a aie vuleqely
880 ‘gs ‘Fors | 890 ‘262 ‘24 £88 ‘opag GOL “E82 “89$ | 068 ‘9EL ‘9LZ$ es] GOE FF ‘TIFF | 088 ‘99% ‘Z$ 000 "008: RIS, “| OTS “S86: 20$'s I ai ge tae T810.L
(S18 Mey (PL8 Mery, $}18
meis01d o1rqnd) oqnd) uor}Bonpes oruBvyyoul SOTILATIOV
[PIOL sosNjol popiejor UWOlpon.14YSMOD STOOPS Jo [BUOTIBOOA SOOTAIOS oq} pus [euor}eonps A10V1110} Jo 97819
ueqng ATpey Ue PL jooyag uoreisdo pus] 9Atyerodo0og AIVIQVT IN} NOI3B osuIod
aUBUOPUTBIAL
1961 404 poosyf
IO} SoZ2TOO
‘uonvonpy {9 a1fQ *S°) eYy2 Aq pasaistunupy ‘stun oo0] puv saInig 0} a2uD\sissD pIQUDUYL 412YyI0 pub sjuDiQ— | 24P],
281
Office of Education
‘96L'SST'2$ ‘O0IOT ITY PUB ‘PEs ‘OTL'Z$ ‘AABN ‘E10'ST6'Z$ OV WOvONp| esuojoq [euoNeN oy} Jopun (saeig Woy PeYysNsuyystp Sv) SMOTyNyT}SuT
‘Autry :0781g Aq e[qeoorye A[sJedoid Jou ‘seoJ0,g poully 0} opeuUl s}uourAed Sopnpuy ¢ 0} pred syunoure Jo ssouvApe o[qeAvdol pus SUBOT JOJ pred syunoUe Opnypouy Jou saoq zg
“oge*ect ‘6g ‘symsind *eeA WATS B JO} SoIn}
[BUOT}CONpd UI SoosNyor UEGND ISISSv 09 Sa}VIG ULH} JOY} SUOTJOIpSTM! 09 Jo ‘ege‘g6z‘9EI$ -TpUedxo Jo S}UOUT}OTTB YILM der3e ATLIessooou jou SIO = ‘“SISBQ PONSST-SYOYO & UO 1
TS
FS ‘G89 ‘ZT 0 0 0 PFS ‘G89 ‘ZT 0 0 0 0. 2 Br Sa Se eee “¢ pemnqrjsipun
96F ‘BIZ 0 0 0 1F8 ‘801 Pad ‘OF 288 ‘9 0 1 em eis ate «aks pase a SS SpuUeIsy ULSI
£83 ‘060 ‘S 0 0 0 0 192 ‘F06 689 ‘SOT 9F8 ‘Gc LESSTOLS “SS | 5" sSeu ce ae a Soa --“Od1yY OJON
6¥6 ‘OIL ‘T 0 Oe. 8F0 ‘89 £08 ‘026 66 ‘6g 220 ‘IT 0 629 ‘09 "a Ss OM ae ureny
ST9 ‘O9F ‘T 0 008 ‘6 198 ‘STL 80 ‘626 208 ‘SOT 186 ‘89 SF8 ‘L0G (694 ‘02) ona: ak a at ea ae eS tes ~--Buyur0£ M
220 ‘499 F 0 000 ‘eT 9g9 ‘gce 099 ‘822 026 ‘FEI ‘T 098 ‘FLT 66 ‘862 20206 RT ae | aaa gaara ee Te eo ee UISMOOST
966 ‘€F6 ‘T 0 008 “TT 009 ‘4 628 ‘99T 988 ‘66h 962 ‘2ST 026 ‘FFG PISSIO8 > Sa |io" Sek" pa ae aes 7 ee BIUTZITA SOM
960 ‘ZIP ‘8T 0 002 ‘FI 28S ‘988 O22 ‘0L8 ‘6 GPL ‘819 PLL ‘801 818 ‘L9G 988.910 50 | ser tos ae eek cae ale Sa TOISUTYSe MA
PF0 ‘126 ‘FZ 0 996 ‘OT 198 ‘S18 'F S91 ‘269 OT | 989 ‘490 'T 626 ‘ZIG 063 ‘+62 99% ‘99, ‘T = | 77-7 eer acar ee ee 7" 8TUTSITA,
918 “889 0 0 0 298 ‘09 908 ‘06T 089 ‘€9 196 ‘606 828 ‘SOT oes ee eae ="===="="9OULIO A
O9F ‘O19 “F 0 228 ‘IT 8IT ‘098 068 ‘922 °% 828 ‘661 G86 ‘19 691 ‘T2% 103 ‘0% qein
TIZ ‘696 ‘12 0 00F ‘I TOE ‘P83 ‘% SOE ‘9P0'ST | 002 ‘610 'z 280 ‘02 869 ‘225 SOTSECO:S om fier aeae tapae ee ar er ee, ~-"sBXOL,
PES ‘826 ‘G 0 008 ‘6 998 ‘961 FOP ‘£98 ‘% 886 ‘691 ‘T £90 ‘202 982 ‘F82 TR) 4 Set ial eae ~ ee age ae ae sessouud T,
210 ‘28 ‘¢ 0 009 ‘OT BIZ ‘80% LET ‘688 ‘% 629 ‘198 29 ‘08 GLI ‘91 £69 ‘962 Bjoyed INOS
FC ‘008 “L 0 OOF ‘TI 166 ‘976 920 ‘886 ‘F GOL “Soh L19 ‘LET ZE9 ‘996 SG 87 Var ae | occa a ob ae oe BuyoIVD WINS
gce ‘969 ‘E 0 628 ‘IT 022 ‘699 992 ‘808 ‘% 882 ‘OLT FF ‘09 6b ‘02% OSS 0L0>. | alas OS ae oes “or om ~puvisT epoyy
980 ‘81 ‘ZI 0 009 ‘21 10F ‘> 910 ‘E86 ‘¢ Gz ‘260 % £94 ‘Gog 6F0 ‘69% CPOLCTS Eee ae a 7777777 7ByuBaypAsuueg
899 ‘9ZI 'f 0 £29 ‘OI T¥6 ‘FZ 918 ‘261 ‘T OLP ‘SGP ¥19 ‘SOT 0F0 ‘ar SPL ‘SIT ‘T ~"----" 08810
GPT ‘999 ‘ZT 0 000 ‘81 402 ‘282 ‘T BPG ‘998 ‘8 686 ‘209 | SPL ‘PCT TPE ‘99 999"L0r'T [7777 piste ieg = are ee vuLoYyeTAO
ELL ‘1L6 ‘CL 0 00F ‘6 T¥6 ‘126 O8L ‘91 ‘9 989 ‘T86 ‘T GLI F66 OIL ‘O&h PELLOP IG Seto 5 a: a = a org
£08 ‘299 ‘¢ 0 00F ‘IT ¥LE ‘860 ‘T TOT ‘028 ‘T 769 ‘6FE 824 ‘OL ZE0 ‘91% ¥LF ‘20g Siem ees ie, yer PIONVCL ION
FLL ‘ZEL ‘8 0 628 ‘TT 1€8 ‘682 TOF ‘202 ‘E GLB ‘$29 ‘T 908 ‘OTE 963 ‘808 ZAG ee a Tor romesnseneecen""-BuTTOI8O JON
711-845—64_19
282 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Table 2.—Funds for federally assisted programs of vocational and technical
education, by source: Fiscal 1962
a
Funds from
Program } Federal funds} State and
(HEW) _ |local sources !
Agriculture. 2) oc. -cosscecnctcnens-bewceneuranensuennsneccssenes—o=teessenw= $18, 645, 000 $59, 647, 000
Distributive occupations--- Pe 2, 565, 000 , 841,
Home economics: 2 oa oe la eee a eae ote eae ae nael 8, 874, 000 71, 024, 000
Trades and industry (including fishery trades and industry) oe ii, 477, 000 73, 610, 000
Practical nursing. ...... 52..+..-cesecn.s--unesdae>>- eee eo mebe een nan = 8, 834, 000 5, 825, 000
Technical education (title VIII, NDEA)-_...---------_---.----------------- 11, 043, 000 13, 563, 000
Motel oon o
.
Gallaudet College
GaLLAubET CoiiecE, established in 1857, is the only institution of
higher learning in the world devoted exclusively to the education of
the deaf. It is accredited by the Middle States Association of Col-
leges and Secondary Schools. Public Law 420, 83d Congress, ap-
proved June 18, 1954, clearly defines its status as a college, its
relationship with the Federal Government, and its responsibility to
provide education and training to deaf persons and otherwise to
further the education of the deaf.
The college’s principal activity is a 4-year undergraduate course
of studies leading to the B.A. and B.S. degrees. In addition,
Gallaudet offers a 1-year college preparatory course. Deaf children
of nursery age receive training in the Hearing and Speech Center.
Elementary and secondary education for deaf children of the District
of Columbia and adjacent States is provided by the Kendall School,
a laboratory school serving the college’s Department of Education.
This department, established in 1891, trains graduate students, both
deaf and hearing, for positions as teachers and administrators in
schools for the deaf. The 1962-63 enrollment for the college was 602;
for the Kendall School, 108; and for the nursery school, 35.
The editorial offices of “dsh Abstracts” and of the “American Annals
of the Deaf” are on the Gallaudet campus.
407
i | : " f oat
rie tm & / 34 7 ony nee ag .
= oe P
Sn
=
’ 7
Cf, Fy g t.
ane } 75 A : .
Pd pL Eta, biG 5
’ 4 -
“s
aarpsinaneijetaniietge ne —=
7
7 4 1 ae
: di Wines » Lenoiet, bheow te gar
. ee $ tun) figeeie aed
b want nilrlnt atiotell ciherenen
’ ey ai ‘
; y Leeder ll
> j ry 13 Tail
Ly orb U Teo ute
i & Kn be Ors ekaAy Lae tic en
' “ +f it r 1 | tf
‘ 1 tv) They 1 ,
j . at? ari
rhs ) 17" : 7 inDtur iad niin Y)
intl wailos elt aurea fiji ¥
: +4 1% \ { deilitew ae ey
: ka eeettee! ap eilaiimor FF ate iy
SS4ol iediileyme soe r.adT Jbeoh ee
Vrenmc wit tel baa: Hl boda fe
* Lastly to low “adsetiad& feb” to meniio fas
) ad) ao own”
Howard University
Howarp Universiry, located in the District of Columbia, was
chartered by an act of Congress, dated March 2, 1867. The uni-
versity consists of 10 schools and colleges, offering programs of higher
education on the undergraduate, graduate, and professional levels,
Undergraduate students are registered in the college of liberal arts;
graduate students seeking the master’s and doctor of philosophy de-
grees are registered in the graduate school; professional students are
registered in the colleges of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, fine arts
(including the school of music and the departments of art and drama),
and the schools of engineering and architecture, social work, law, and
religion. (The school of religion receives no support from Federal
funds.)
The educational program of the university is conducted in keeping
with the democratic purposes of land-grant colleges and State uni-
versities, with the low tuition fees and living costs which characterize
these institutions, and with an educational program resting upon
and permeated by the content and spirit of a general or liberal edu-
cation. The university admits students of both sexes, from every
race, creed, and national origin, but it accepts and undertakes to dis-
charge a special responsibility for the admission and training of Negro
students.
ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS
During the school year 1962-63, the university served a total of
9,836 students as follows: 7,119 during the regular academic year and
2,717 in the summer session of 1961. The total net enrollment, ex-
cluding all duplicates, was 8,299 distributed in the 10 schools and col-
leges as follows: liberal arts, 4,662; graduate school, 692; engineering
and architecture, 772; fine arts, 463; social work, 158; medicine, 391;
dentistry, 691; pharmacy, 173; law, 128; and religion, 74. The en-
rollment of Negro professional students at Howard continues to
be greater than in all the public-supported universities in all the
Southern States.
409
711-845—64——_27
416 Department of Healih, Education, and Welfare, 1963
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS
The enrollment of foreign students continued to be significant. At
its peak, during the second semester of the 1962-63 school year, there
were 1,050 foreign students constituting 17 percent of the enrollment.
The percentage of foreign student enrollment to the total student
enrollment at Howard was the highest anywhere in the United States.
These 1,050 foreign students came from 77 foreign countries, including
Canada, Mexico, 4 countries in the Caribbean area, 3 countries in
Central America, 7 countries in Europe, 22 countries in Africa, 10
countries in the Far East, and 16 of the British, French, and Dutch
possessions in the West Indies. In addition, there were students from
Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
During the course of the school year, there were 6,510 degree-
seeking students from the United States. These students were dis-
tributed as follows: New England States, 133 ; Middle Atlantic States,
1,128; East North Central States, 433 ; West North Central States, 96;
Mountain States, 30; South Atlantic States, 3,710; East South Cen-
tral States, 509; West South Central States, 407; and Pacific
States, 64.
VETERANS
The total enrollment of veterans and dependents of deceased veter-
ans was 174. Fifteen of these students were graduated. The period
during which servicemen could enter the service and be eligible for
educational benefits from the Veterans’ Administration ended Janu-
ary 25, 1954. Veterans now receiving benefits are those who entered
the military service prior to the cutoff date but who were not dis-
charged until several years later. The present veterans’ educational
program, therefore, appears to be near its end.
ARMY AND AIR FORCE ROTC
Army ROTC.—There were 566 students enrolled in Army ROTC
during the 1962-63 school year. Of this number, 279 were in the
first-year course, 215 were in the second year, 35 were in the third
year, and 37 were in the fourth year. There were 389 students com-
missioned as Reserve Officers in the Army during the year.
Air Force ROTC.—A total of 621 students were enrolled in Air
Force ROTC. Of this number, 323 were in the first-year course, 231
were in the second year, 44 were in the third year, and 23 were in the
fourth year. During the year, 16 students were commissioned as
Reserve officers in the Air Force.
Howard University 411
THE FACULTY
There were 889 teachers serving the university during the school
year. Of this number, there were 457 full-time teachers, while 432
were part time. The full-time equivalent of the teaching staff was
576.7. Of this full-time equivalent, 513.7 were teaching in the rank
of instructor or above.
The university continues, as always, to seek for its faculty the most
able persons who are selected on the basis of their competence and
character, without regard to sex, race, color, creed, or national origin.
It is to be noted, however, that the Howard University faculty has
always included the largest group of Negro teachers and scholars
at the university level found anywhere in the United States. Indeed,
many of the most outstanding Negroes in public life have served at
Howard University at some time during the course of their careers.
Among such persons were the founder and operator of the first blood
plasma bank, a governor of an American possession, an under secretary
of the United Nations, and a member of the U.S. Court of Appeals.
The faculty continues to remain active in making a valuable con-
tribution to education and the advancement of knowledge through
significant research and scholarly publications. Funds allocated in
the university’s budget for support of research in the social sciences
and humanities have been especially helpful in the encouragement of
research in those areas.
GRADUATES
During the 1962-63 school year, there were 870 graduates from the
10 schools and colleges. These graduates came from 32 States, the
District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, 18 foreign
countries, and 11 island possessions of the British, French, and
Dutch West Indies.
The 870 graduates were distributed among the 10 schools and col-
leges as follows: Liberal arts, 364; engineering and architecture, 100;
fine arts, 19; the graduate school, 91; social work, 63; medicine, 96;
dentistry, 70; dental hygiene, 18; pharmacy, 20; law, 24; and reli-
gion, 5. In addition, honorary degrees were conferred upon three
persons.
From the date of its establishment in 1867, Howard has graduated
22,438 persons. The great majority of these graduates have been
Negroes. Throughout its 96-year history, Howard has been a pioneer
in providing Negroes with educational opportunities which were
either not available or offered in only a limited amount elsewhere.
Among institutions in which Negro students are in a majority, the
412 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
university still stands as the only one affording a complex system of
undergraduate, graduate, and professional training.
The largest number of graduates have entered the field of teaching,
especially in the Southern States. In the field of medicine, there have
been 3,380 graduates; 1,957 graduates have gone into dentistry and
dental hygiene; 1,755 have entered the field of law; 427 have entered
the ministry; 1,106 have gone into the fields of engineering and archi-
tecture; and 646 graduates have gone into social work. Numerous
graduates of the university have been engaged in government activi-
ties, not only in the United States but also in many countries abroad,
VARIED ACTIVITIES OF THE FACULTY AND STAFF
Many members of the faculty and staff were engaged in a variety
of useful activities both in the United States and abroad. A pro-
fessor of anatomy was working in India on the staff of the Agency
for International Development. The director of recording was on
leave to serve as registrar in the establishment of a new educational
institution in Sukka, Nigeria. The dean of students, as a repre-
sentative from the African-American Institute, visited Africa in
order to set up certain criteria and evaluate credentials of students
coming to American universities in the interest of the African Scholar-
ship Program of American Universities. The director of foreign
student services visited Africa and administered predeparture orien-
tution for foreign students coming to America. The head of the
department of art went to Africa to engage in creative painting and
productive research. The dean of the college of liberal arts was on
leave conducting research on the “Ethiopian in the Ancient Greek
and Roman World.” The head of the department of,physics was
engaged in study and research on physikalisches staatsinstitut at
the University of Hamburg, Germany, sponsored by the National
Science Foundation. The president of the university served as a
public member of the U.S. Department of Labor Review Committee
for the Tobacco Industry in Puerto Rico and also served as a member
of the Committee of Experts to the International Labor Office, Geneva,
Switzerland. Under the sponsorship of the Ford Foundation, the
director of university libraries served in Chicago as executive secre-
tary of the Association of Colleges and Research Libraries.
SIGNIFICANT PROGRAM DEVELOPMENTS
During the course of the 1962-63 school year, the university made
provision for three new degree-granting programs. ‘They were the
programs leading to the master of fine arts, the master of arts in
teaching, and the doctor of philosophy in government. In addition,
Howard University 413
significant revisions were made in the curriculum in the college of
medicine in which most of the instruction for the freshman class was
related to the fields of anatomy and biochemistry and taught in their
relationship to other areas of medicine. The faculty of the college
of medicine also made provision to include additional instruction for
the freshmen in the summer, prior to the beginning of their first
academic year.
The university increased its equipment and physical resources in
the subcritical reactor program based in the department of mechan-
ical engineering in the school of engineering and architecture. The
program involving the use of this equipment is interdisciplinary in
character, involving not only engineering departments but also science
departments in the college of liberal arts and departments in the
college of medicine. During the 1962-63 school year, various depart-
ments of the university continued to develop programs involving the
use of computer and data-processing equipment which had been pre-
viously obtained by the university.
The university continues to operate programs having the objective
of assisting local neighborhood areas in solving certain of their eco-
nomic, social, and cultural problems. These programs involve the
cooperative efforts of the departments of sociology, psychology, and
government, the school of social work, the school of law, the college
of medicine, and the school of religion. The financing of these pro-
grams has been based on allocations from the budget of the university,
as well as grants from other sources. Of special significance were
grants made by the Federal Government for a juvenile delinquency
training studies program and also for the establishment of a training
center for personnel working with youth. In connection with the
operation of programs providing service for the local community, it
is also significant to note that the college of dentistry has initiated
the dental student-special patient training program project to teach
dental care of the chronically ill and aged.
THE BUILDING PROGRAM
During the 1962-63 school year, the new home economics building
was placed in operation, and renovation was begun in the old building
in order that it could be placed in service as a temporary student
center. Construction continued on a new building to provide for the
program of physical education for men. In addition, preparations
were made for the beginning of the construction of a new classroom
building for the social sciences and humanities. As another aspect
ot the building program, plans and specifications were in process for
two proposed new dormitories, one for women students and one for
men.
711-845—64——28
; = - reece 5 7
- ® Pio
. Pe . a 7 wed e%
’ . ig Fix
— - ae ~ a — - > _ —- a en eae —
20 sus a Haw ried ) At ecvaneemer veriolae
ris S7° Oi Aric
ity 30 ebro Rey ite
‘ ‘ ras
NY Sha'te Torey ne G
.| OLIAIRAg
»
a 6
yl wi beserell te
Tf
i : f Lert “ave
: i) trol ine
ec
4 ‘
Mien weet Bigs AS
i pi oe Si
on aa COS berks, Jal dime: iad
— 9 ‘
ote cee pera \Dapar eh yh fee jadiow
jevesee Wet titel GE neagt Ge ded Peeetigateva at SS eae
o> pens meakie bv iare bolted: faneetaey 195 i
Veal, veo uF) Spree yom EET wit taka 4
dingo Srirhtoret gy af, sass Lengel | Wg iA ah a whic ult. a oh a
ris Yee is T reve cml teggiorn ‘B bin shah gosang ay Dail
aut gine fry iS, Shyer 7 ik wid, a8 ate. ded toitigsob oem i
’ “ 3
rae 5
. : » vin ie hater
zit ee. he i>
~ eal a a a Me « ae z. : «%
Detailed Contents
THE SECRETARY’S REPORT
Page
OCT CSS ee ee ae ee 1
TABLE 1.—Grants to States: Total grants under all Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare programs, fiscal year 1968______.___________ +
SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION
Cr Sn ee ee ee ee eee Se Sees ee 5
ete PROGRAM IS DOING->2-.--22-2. 22 2 eee 8
BENEFICIARIES AND BENEFIT AMOUNTS____--______________._________ 8
a TIES al i lil lee al ci a Pn 10
AMM HORIGrTON EROVIDED..<.—.-==----47--.-42- eo —-enn-- = ae 11
ome ew oe ISBURSEMENTS..°-_..*.-Bi..... 12
eeeeerrr Tih PROGRAM... 0 oe ee eee 13
Oup-AGE aND Survivors INsuRANCE BENEFITS__._________..________. 13
ivieapiry INSURANCE BENEWTTS.._.-..-9- ---- 13
ee intLiNG TH PROGRAM. 14
REORGANIZATION oF THE SoctaL Securiry ADMINISTRATION..._________ 14
WoRrKtoapDs, MANPoWER, AND RESOURCES..---_______________________ 14
SE RTICLIVicy fe ee ee 15
prerarclopitent. 2... 6. ee 16
IE OETA MING Gam tS = 8 = mn 17
PmIeeeertye tx Ponsa \ -oL ee 1
IMPROVEMENTS IN SERVICE AND MANAGEMENT._________. 17
IO LLMeM ARCH © 2 ~ 22 > AS oe hr ee one PT A) Ba 17
Hive rmOnVELOPMENTS=. oo oe eee 18
Rdg CE NIE pnt agli eel endo iat adele ellntot ees Atala ath 19
DE CL OCeGnIng oo ee ee eee ee ee 19
uname larnings Records. 002.0022 ° ee 19
Mummen ape ROpOring.2-_.-. 2. 2. --- oe eet 20
ERMC erie es pee een Oe tee ee Oe ey es ee 20
eee Ogtant ~ ron 7 MS sh See ee ea 2a)
Improvements in Processing of Disability Claims______________________ 21
MEemenOeL AND APPBAIBZ. 2i. Le te Le ee ey 22
PeoGmAM RusParcn Acrivirmms_....._..._.....-.._-...-.-.....-__-- 24
Puternational Activities... ...ca Se eed 176
URC RE ROSD COLA Met Eke g semen od. seeeenelage Bie Joes OTM. cat 176
Division or ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND Foop PROTBHCTION_-_---- Wea
PreaAncebood bran Chive <0. ec! act Saari tote 1 RO ler
Smesuecanitation Branch joo: 32... Se) eee ee ee J Wid
erouater@arrier, Brancilt tun oder ies Boh wee nee Soap lt Jak 178
Special) Engineering Services Branch.2:.-.2-- 22---s-2-42-sssceee5---- 178
DivtsIOnNsoneOccuPATIONAL A WALTH ..........-.-.MiL ease bee B_ see 178
DivVIsStonmOns VADIOLOGIGAL. FH WALTH.....---.--.---.---s«--<<--+—----- 179
Resear Cn Me NN 8 A ee te: ate eta tt ality sl. 2 179
Enyironmentalsenrm olan cages eeeen e045. $5 ee ee A 180
422 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Page
(raining 22..5o.Sesle Se eS . E eee 181
Division or WatER Supply AND POLLUTION CONTROL______-_-------- 181
Rivers Basin:Studiesse 220g. 22 A ee eae 182
Researchvetyul ls. 252s sesccsssee cose be oeeen eee eee 182
Basics Datasets. 2 scene cece eR eee eee 183
SewagenLreatment sss 9s ssa ees se as Se ee ee 183
Hnforcement. Slo tee ek So et eee 184
Interagency: Coordination... 2. 25-2500 oe eee 184
Ancrrc\Hmanie Restarchy CanrERecileces 2s flee ee eee 185
THE: NATIONALAINSIITULES. OF BHALTH 22). aera 185
NAarronant CaANcur -INSTITUTE Qs .<-<-.-<..-- sce oe enn cae = 5 ee 187
Grant-Supported JResearchs... =. - 2a" S54 See Sree ee ee ee ee eee 239
Woratonaland dechnical Education... -.- 42 Joen- Soe ee eee SESE 240
Mogeorscucation: Administration.....--.-2-22.-2 2-2-2 oe sek 241
SereeNe ERIE TION 2B ELOOTAING oe os os Sora aes ogee am nee ee 244
Lilet ivains)-.. (4s Jed Bs Rig ae oe oe oe S.A eee AA 245
Pee anim eer. 4 SPS) SON wl Ss se ne ee 246
Pere LetiaC ee eee Wott Py Oe eye Ts es Dee Tee Ye 247
tC HERAT Tee BSS oa on ee ek oes ee ee 247
SPONSORED STUDIES (RESEARCH, SURVEYS, DEMONSTRATIONS)___-------- 247
BINANCLAT; ASSISTANCH PROGRAMS.-......-.22..-Jecei_ bees 252
VOCATIONAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION._._..---2-.L----2--22--4-.-- 253
ScHoot ASSISTANCE IN FEDERALLY AFFECTED AREAS____-_-----__--_---- 256
Programs UNDER THE NATIONAL DEFENSE EDUCATION ACT___________- 257
PCemESHUeTILA Es oe ee) Pt Seti pti) Lette sl) | 258
National Defense Graduate Fellowships__..........------------------ 258
Modern Foreign Language Fellowships__...........-.---------------- 259
Strengthening Instruction in Science, Mathematics, and Modern Foreign
SWEDES is 20k a Ue ale be ee oe i nem Nee we leer 260
Boeteue lant uArey ErOgramsa— ose e. ooeeiseein te oie Semel! 261
Guidance, Counseling, and Testing (Secondary Schools) .___._-..__--_-- 262
amie brocrams: Under WAS es ee os ed Je teedbe bt 264
Savtr DnrENsH ADULT EDUCATIONG® .- ~o-o~o e Be_eo Kh... 264
PE ANE irUGHD. ASSISTANCD. 22. ccet ocean ewe ee non eeetbedte 265
Smee Gara NT OOLLEGHSi. 2. este eeeee emio) hase 265
am MOMEMOUSING LOANS=_eee cessor ewe eon ob at eee colbe 266
MEROTAT, Te DMCATION...iae. ee See) peewee! esos oss 266
Ripivelvehetarded Si SSES. coe ee ae) on roe 266
Dr meee 2 So Tie Wee ce Ree ye So a eR 267
Capronedslilms for the Deaf $s£S..5 a oe ee ole eee ee eee 267
JERR AS ao HR VICHS_22" SIMI Wc ee ae ce et ee 268
HOG OAtIONATA | HLEVISION=o2.2-ebetore een eee e an ec eeen Lea 268
OTHER PRoGRAMS oF FEDERAL ASSISTANCE. -__-.---------25----L4--- Le 269
IN-HRNAELONAT: BDUGATION&&=- =o 2 ee ee 269
424 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Page
Teacher-Exchange, Programe. 22< 83 J.4icenseen Ao 2se- ee eee 270
TeachersDevelopmentsProgram=%- 41 e282 5 ease Sees Eee eee 270
echnicaleAssistance, Lraininge yProerai 22222 oe ee 271
Nongrant Visitor, Programs. 2 ee ee 271
International Assignments for Education Specialists_.__....__.__._.-------- 271
Consultative and Support Services to Personnel in Foreign Missions____. 271
Clearinghouse on Educational Exchange___..__._.__.___-_-----_-_-------- 272
International Studies:and ServicesS2l0 eo. oe oe 272
Studies insComparative Hducationz:..2-.-. 2eeeeee oe es eee 272
Evaluation of Foreign Academic Credentials__...-.._..._.._.-_.__--------- 273
Services Relating to International Organizations____________-_-_-------- 274
Hducational, Materials: Laboratory...---.. 20029201) Ses Bee 275
NONDISCRIMINATION IN FEDERALLY AIDED PROGRAMS.___ 275
REDERAL LEGISLATION ssiessuek. siete So cee eae ee 277
TasLE 1.—Grants and other financial assistance to States and local units,
administered by the U.S. Office of Education, fiscal year 1963_________~-- 280
TasiE 2.—Funds for federally assisted programs of vocational and technical
education, by source: fiscal 1962.03 seen e eee nee ee ee 282
Cuart 1.—Fall enrollment (public and private combined): 1952-62____- 22a
FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION
ScrencE Worxkinec TuroucH Law To Protrrecr CoNsuMERS-_--------- 283
ADMINISTRATIVD PROGRESS 2. oo 25-25 oes oe ee 287
Roop,;Davayanp: Cosmunrcelerst! a2 Saas aS ee ee 291
Onithe,EoodiFrontwese: 2:5... BM AROS BOS eee eee 291
Radioactivity.in Foods.2..=. -2eeP Aes ee ee 291
Natural; Disasters: 42208 5 1a 4 Se ee eee 291
Chemicals:in:BoodssseuetS Meena Lee. 2 eee 292
OthersHarmfuliContaminantsseeene 2 2 eee 294
ToKeep, Food Oléanve. Se. s2neeiteenies steele cee 295
Pocketbook:Protection==.. )2 2 Stee ee eee 298
Foods for Specialy DietaryaU sexe ia i Dae ek Se ee eee 299
DrucsrandsD evicesites2-o4.ees 522. oo ee ee 302
IllegaliSales of Preseription Drugs.- =... -_ -S5ee eee. sees 303
Adulterated and Misbranded Drugs___-.-..------------------ 306
Medicated, Feeds.2.22_ 2 oceeu eo asn 4 Se eee 310
Neéw: Drugs: 22: 2es2eai eee. 2. eee ite Seen SLL
Devices. enn ae eee ot oe ee 314
Cosmetics and Colors. =25422 S222 eees -e 8 = ees ss eee ae eee 315
@ertificationipervices 45 eee ees eae pone. coe ae 316
FreperaL Hazarpous Susstances LABELING AcT____----------------- 317
ENFORCEMENT, OF, OTHER ACTIS22 2822.2 2--ee22- 55-5 5--5-- ee 318
Civ Dmrensisce: 2022 ee ee ee ee ee 318
New. Cournt/ INTERPRETATIONS» 2225020 oa- Seo eee: ee ee eee 319
CHANGES. IN THH. LAw AND REGULATIONS.-_._._._-.----- 5 esse 321
Régulations._ 3-2 2325-2 - 3 sess ee ease eee eee oe eS eee 321
SCrmmnrTiric, INVESTIGATIONS 222 5-22 ee ee eee. 24 Sees ae ee ees 326
ENFORCEMENT: STATISTICS: 25 J-Son ees. Cee ee eee eee 332
GONCLUSION sac ~ cee SS et ee ee eee sais
Detailed Contents
TasLeE 1.—Actions on foods during the fiscal year 1963_________________
Taste 2.—Number of samples on which criminal prosecutions and seizures
were based and number of court actions instituted during the fiscal year
Taste 3.—Import samples collected, examinations made, and lots de-
Peincusoumucct be fiscal year: 19632. 22. ..i2225 2222. 2-0. 522
Cuart 1.—Retail sales of food in the United States, calendar years
Cuart 4.—Budgeted positions for food and drug enforcement operations
(excluding fee-supported certification services), fiscal years 1954—64____
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
ADMINISTRATION
Ventures Into New Fre.ps
Drua AppictTIon
285
288
426 Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963
Page
Ae CHANGE IN DIRECTION 2¥2 seac tase) elt gare Se eee 363
OpricaL, AIDS: i 2..cecUseveee: taelebo dss 2 Seber 4 i eee 364
MosBInivy:.Fror-THE BLIND. Se lesesebecelies. fue tc sede Bee eee 364
RUAABILIVATION AND) PLOUSING. 2... aceseeeeec done neee eee 365
REHABILITATIONAN, RERORMATORINS Sees = eo eeeses eu ee e= ees eee 365
Racizitins: To-‘Smrvniwan DisABLEDi sess = shee es teen eee ee eee 365
RAcmITyY,CONSIRUOTIONM Mets. as Sate ee eee ee ee 367
New Curents AMONG OLDER DISABLED WORKERS_._-_--_-_------------ 368
IMPROVING DisABILITY: DETHRMINATIONS 2.222256 - « - -- ae ~ :
so hes Oe leo sdsldt. sao, eae oe mental
sui woo + lend iusmreiios bbe eee
- BeGGe) anes) beeradl my Yo sod tia gag aS
eke cain br wry bene? .oytedodh boa.enn' aie
uniee sarin ool?) (001 ( onul lo ae “itt tahini
¥ P oe +4 GRO mie Hee OLS b PIUIS OY At “oH =
*
1@% .Vveas saa | wees Fu y sad 7 » ome
HE, fot. AZUOU. OVI A 7 A ie
ChAhIGa
Rem
TTA vit Ghee FO --ae
ee
can of oc hwnd Wau BITTE HA ee ene ¢”
+
«
ye . = th n rhe ~~. e - —sam pee
chee ated a ea ‘ ee +t na PRN; Me oth iN
a} —e . i pew le gh yeh Cha ae ep) See gs
i iv> r
“i 4 , . Heir a | wis ys ‘Laad i ont
‘me rite) MAM QO he nth iste,
nit ors ; i .~--aword
Eat " » | a =a a “* >
Gaew © Ai" » » Lwetew- :
mn Gupte: a - ' - ‘
IA Vi? - Z
’ N-~2890 Aye PDJOUSTIG. .....coecs ‘
Le parte Wests: oF Yietitet, Ms
oo = ; cae ; = P
Siti pans, ap Autti ge, Foe pees Le
That Paths, te canteen om) ‘ps get, lee
ws